Today's Hours: 10:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Dan S. Tawfik.
    Contents:
    1. Engineering lytic polysaccharide monooxygenases (LPMOs) / Zarah Forsberg, Anton A. Stepnov, Guro Kruge Nærdal, Geir Klinkenberg and Vincent G. H. Eijsink
    2. Strategies for the expression and characterization of artificial myoglobin-based carbene transferases / Daniela M. Carminati, Eric J. Moore and Rudi Fasan
    3. Methods for the detection and analysis of dioxygenase catalyzed dihydroxylation in mutant derived libraries / Julian L. Wissner, Wendy Escobedo-Hinojosa, Peter M. Heinemann, Andreas Hunold and Bernhard Hauer
    4. Enhancing promiscuous chemistries of a Schiff-base forming enzyme by divergent evolution / Duncan S. Macdonald and Donald Hilvert
    5. Glutamine-walking: Creating reactive substrates for transglutaminase-mediated protein labeling / Lukas Deweid, Adem Hadjabdelhafid-Parisien, Kiana Lafontaine, Léa N.C. Rochet, Harald Kolmar and Joelle N. Pelletier
    6. Engineering aldolases for asymmetric synthesis / Mikael Widersten
    7. Ultra-high throughput screening for novel protease specificities / Eirini Rousounelou, Steven Schmitt, Luzius Pestalozzi, Martin Held, Tania M. Roberts and Sven Panke
    8. Directed evolution of transcriptional switches using dual-selector systems / Yuki Kimura and Daisuke Umeno
    9. Methods for competitive enrichment and evaluation of superior DNA ligases / Janine K. Sharma, Luke J. Stevenson, Katherine J. Robins, Adele K. Williamson, Wayne M. Patrick and David F. Ackerley
    10. Directed evolution of custom polymerases using droplet microfluidics / Derek Vallejo, Ali Nikoomanzar and John C. Chaput
    11. Optically guided mass spectrometry to screen microbial colonies for directed enzyme evolution / Pu Xue, Tong Si and Huimin Zhao
    12. Split enzymes: Design principles and strategy / Shion A. Lim and James A. Wells.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Swati Nagar, Upendra A. Argikar, Donald J. Tweedie.
    Contents:
    Enzyme Kinetics in Drug Metabolism : Fundamentals and Applications
    Fundaments of Enzyme Kinetics
    Different Enzyme Kinetic Models
    Reversible Mechanisms of Enzyme Inhibitors and Resulting Clinical Significance
    Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition Kinetics and Drug-Drug Interactions
    Multi-Enzyme Kinetics and Sequential Metabolism
    Consideration of the Unbound Drug Concentration in Enzyme Kinetics
    Enzyme Kinetics of Oxidative Metabolism : Cytochromes P450
    Enzyme Kinetics, Pharmacokinetics, Inhibition, and Regioselectivity of Aldehyde Oxidase
    Enzyme Kinetics of Conjugative Enzymes : PAPS
    Enzyme Kinetics of Uridine Diphosphate Glucuronosyltransferases (UGTs)
    Principles and Experimental Considerations for in vitro Transporter Interaction Assays
    Rationalising Under-Prediction of Drug Clearance from Enzyme and Transporter Kinetic Data : from in vitro Tools to Mechanistic Modeling
    The Structural Model for the Mass Action Kinetic Analysis of P-gp Mediated Transport Through Confluent Cell Monolayers
    Systems Biology Approaches to Enzyme Kinetics: Analyzing Network Models of Drug Metabolism
    Variability in Human in vitro Enzyme Kinetics
    Sources of Interindividual Variability
    Case Study 1. Practical Considerations with Experimental Design and Interpretation
    Case Study 2. Practical Analytical Considerations for Conducting in vitro Enzyme Kinetic Studies
    Case Study 3. Application of Basic Enzyme Kinetics to Metabolism Studies : Real Life Examples
    Case Study 4. Predicting the Drug Interaction Potential for Inhibition of CYP2C8 by Montelukast
    Case Study 5. Deconvoluting Hyperbilirubinemia: Differentiating Between Hepatotoxicity and Reversible Inhibition of UGT1A, MRP2 or OATP1B1 in Drug Development
    Case Study 6. Drug Transporters: in vitro Solutions for Translatable Outcomes
    Case Study 7. Compiled Aha Moments in Enzyme Kinetics: Authors' Experiences.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Challa V. Kumar.
    Contents:
    Interlocking enzymes in graphene-coated cellulose paper for increased enzymatic efficiency / Melissa R. Limbacher, Megan K. Puglia, Caterina M. Riccardi, and Challa V. Kumar
    Enzyme multilayers on graphene-based FETs for biosensing applications / Christina Bliem, Esteban Piccinini, Wolfgang Knoll, and Omar Azzaroni
    Stabilization of laccase through immobilization on functionalized GO-derivatives / Alexandra V. Chatzikonstantinou, Elena Gkantzou, Dimitrios Gournis, Michaela Patila, and Haralambos Stamatis
    Synthesis, characterization, and applications of nanographene-armored enzymes / Maryam Khan, Qayyum Husain, and Shamoon Asmat
    PAMAM dendrimer modified reduced graphene oxide postfunctionalized by horseradish peroxidase for biosensing H₂O₂ / Sheela Berchmans, Manju Venkatesan, Chirnajeevi Srinivasa Rao Vusa, and Palaniappan Arumugam
    Preparation, characterization, and application of enzyme nanoparticles / Neelam Yadav, Jagriti Narang, Anil Kumar Chhillar, and Chandra S. Pundir
    Encapsulation of microorganisms, enzymes, and redox mediators in graphene oxide and reduced graphene oxide / Orr Schlesinger and Lital Alfonta
    Chemical and biochemical approach to make a perfect biocatalytic system on carbonaceous matrices / Paulina Bolibok, Katarzyna Roszek, and Marek Wiśniewski
    Immobilization of a mesophilic lipase on graphene oxide : stability, activity, and reusability insights / Nalok Dutta and Malay K. Saha
    A simple flow reactor for continuous synthesis of biographene for enzymology studies / Megan K. Puglia, Murali Anuganti, Yao Lin, and Challa V. Kumar - Enzyme-graphene platforms for electrochemical biosensor design with biomedical applications / Luminita Fritea, Mihaela Tertis, Robert Sandulescu, and Cecilia Cristea
    Graphene quantum dots : synthesis and applications / Ankarao Kalluri, Debika Debnath, Bhushan Dharmadhikari, and Prabir Patra
    Shielding of enzymes on the surface of graphene-based composite cellular foams through bioinspired mineralization / Yiying Sun, Jingjing Zhao, Jiafu Shi, Shaohua Zhang, and Zhongyi Jiang
    Enzyme immobilization on functionalized graphene oxide nanosheets : efficient and robust biocatalysts / Asieh Soozanipour and Asghar Taheri-Kafrani.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Lloyd Wolfinbarger.
    Summary: Enzyme Regulation in Metabolic Pathways shows the reader how to understand the roles of enzymes and their kinetic constants in intermediary metabolism. It provides a means of correlating data obtained in experimental studies to multiple possible mechanisms through which some enzyme may catalyze the conversion of a substrate to a product. Although not the most appropriate means of determining some potential kinetic mechanism, quasi-equilibrium assumptions are used throughout the book, keeping the rate equation derivations simple. Actual metabolic pathways with known (presumed) positive and negative regulation events are linked to these potential kinetic mechanisms using both rate equation derivations and data plots illustrating how the rate equation derivations can be used to explain the data plots. This book will be a valuable reference for students in biological sciences and biochemistry majors required to take a core course in enzymology.

    Contents:
    Characteristics of Enzymes
    Self-Assembly of Polymers
    Beginnings of Equations
    Metabolite Distribution Systems
    Modification of Enzymatic Activity
    Modification of Metabolite Flow Through Metabolic Pathways
    Which is the Real Substrate?
    Non-Quasi-Equilibrium Assumptions
    Underlying Attributes of Assessing Enzymatic Activities
    Breakdown of the Michaelis-Menten Equation (or Complex Enzyme Mechanisms)
    Rate Equation Derivation by the King-Altman Method
    Modification of Enzyme Mechanisms
    What Are These "Rate Constants" We Have Been Dealing With?.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Boyer, Paul D.; Clarke, Steven G.; Dalbey, Ross E.; Hackney, David D.; Hall, Michael N.; Koehler, Carla M.; Krebs, Edwin G.; Menon, Anant K.; Sigman, David S.; Tamanoi, Fuyuhiko.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Structure and control
    v. 2. Kinetics and mechanics
    v. 3. Hydrolysis: peptide bonds
    v. 4. Hydrolysis: other C-N bonds, phosphate esters
    v. 5. Hydrolysis ... hydration
    v. 6. Carboxylation and decarboxylation (nonoxidative) isomerization
    v. 7. Elimination and addition, aldol cleavage and condensation
    v. 8-9. Group transfers
    v. 10. Protein synthesis, DNA synthesis and repair ... v. 11-13. Oxidation-reduction
    v. 14-15. Nucleic acids
    v. 16. Lipid enzymology: fatty acids, glycerides, phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, cholesterol, special topics
    v. 17-18. Control by phosphorylation
    v. 19. Mechanisms of catalysis [pt. 1]
    v. 20. Mechanisms of catalysis [pt. 2]
    v. 21. Protein lipidation
    v. 22. Co- and posttranslational proteolysis of proteins
    v. 23. Energy coupling and molecular motors
    v. 24. Protein methyltransferases
    v. 25. Molecular machines involved in protein transport across cellular membranes
    v. 26. Glycosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI) anchoring of proteins
    v. 27. Structure, function and regulation of TOR complexes from yeasts to mammals (pt. A)
    v. 28. Structure, function and regulation of TOR complexes from yeasts to mammals (pt. B).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP601 .E523
    28
  • Digital
    N.S. Punekar.
    Summary: This enzymology textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate students covers the syllabi of most universities where this subject is regularly taught. It focuses on the synchrony between the two broad mechanistic facets of enzymology: the chemical and the kinetic, and also highlights the synergy between enzyme structure and mechanism. Designed for self-study, it explains how to design enzyme experiments and subsequently analyze the data collected. The book is divided into five major sections: 1] Introduction to enzymes, 2] Practical aspects, 3] Kinetic Mechanisms, 4] Chemical Mechanisms, and 5] Enzymology Frontiers. Individual concepts are treated as stand-alone chapters; readers can explore any single concept with minimal cross-referencing to the rest of the book. Further, complex approaches requiring specialized techniques and involved experimentation (beyond the reach of an average laboratory) are covered in theory with suitable references to guide readers. The book provides students, researchers and academics in the broad area of biology with a sound theoretical and practical knowledge of enzymes. It also caters to those who do not have a practicing enzymologist to teach them the subject.

    Contents:
    Part I: Enzyme catalysis
    a perspective
    Enzymes -Their place in Biology
    Enzymes
    Historical aspects
    Exploiting enzymes
    Technology
    On enzyme nomenclature and classification
    Hallmarks of an enzyme catalyst
    Origins of enzyme catalytic power
    Origins of enzyme catalytic power
    Which enzyme uses what trick? Some remarks
    Structure and catalysis: Conformational flexibility and protein motion
    Part II: Enzyme kinetic practice and measurements
    Chemical kinetics
    Fundamentals
    Concepts of equilibrium and steady-state
    ES complex and pre-steady-state kinetics
    Principles of enzyme assays
    Good kinetic practices
    Quantification of catalysis and measures of enzyme purity
    Henri-Michaelis-Menten equation
    More complex rate expressions
    Enzyme kinetic data
    Collection and analysis
    Part III: Elucidation of Kinetic mechanisms
    Approaches to kinetic mechanism
    Overview
    Analysis of initial velocity patterns
    Enzyme inhibition analyses
    Irreversible inhibitions
    Reversible inhibitions
    Alternate substrate (product) interactions
    pH Studies with enzymes
    Isotopes in enzymology
    Isotope exchanges at equilibrium
    Isotope effects in enzymology
    From kinetic data to mechanism and back
    Part IV: Chemical mechanisms and catalysis
    Chemical reactivity and molecular interactions
    Acid-base chemistry and catalysis
    Nucleophilic catalysis and covalent reaction intermediates
    Phosphoryl group chemistry and importance of ATP
    Enzymatic oxidation-reduction reactions
    Carboxylations and decarboxylations
    Electrophilic catalysis and amino acid transformations
    Integrating kinetic and chemical mechanisms
    A synthesis
    Part V: Frontiers in enzymology
    Regulation of enzyme activity
    In vitro versus in vivo
    Concept and consequences
    Future of enzymology
    An appraisal
    Closure
    Whither Enzymology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Richard B. Thompson, Carol A. Fierke.
    Contents:
    Recent advances in development of genetically encoded fluorescent sensors
    Engineering rugged field assays to detect hazardous chemicals using spore-based bacterial biosensors
    Engineering BRET-sensor proteins
    Enzymes as sensors
    Integrated strategies to gain a systems-level view of dynamic signaling networks
    Probing Cdc42 polarization dynamics in budding yeast using a biosensor
    Novel fluorescence-based biosensors incorporating unnatural amino acids
    Folding- and dynamics-based electrochemical DNA sensors
    Construction of protein-based biosensors using ligand-directed chemistry for detecting analyte binding
    Measuring and imaging metal ions with fluorescence-based biosensors: speciation, selectivity, kinetics, and other issues
    Bioapplications of electrochemical sensors and biosensors
    A highly sensitive biosensor for ATP using a chimeric firefly luciferase
    Highly modular bioluminescent sensors for small molecules and proteins
    Sensitive protein detection and quantification in paper-based microfluidics for the point of care
    Microneedle enzyme sensor arrays for continuous in vivo monitoring
    Visualization of the genomic loci that are bound by specific multiprotein complexes by biomolecular fluorescence complementation analysis on Drosophila polytene chromosomes
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Mohammed Kuddus, editors.
    Summary: The integration of enzymes in food processing is well known, and dedicated research is continually being pursued to address the global food crisis. This book provides a broad, up-to-date overview of the enzymes used in food technology. It discusses microbial, plant and animal enzymes in the context of their applications in the food sector; process of immobilization; thermal and operational stability; increased product specificity and specific activity; enzyme engineering; implementation of high-throughput techniques; screening of relatively unexplored environments; and development of more efficient enzymes. Offering a comprehensive reference resource on the most progressive field of food technology, this book is of interest to professionals, scientists and academics in the food and biotech industries.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editor;
    1: Microbial Enzymes in Food Technology; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Enzymes in Food Industry; 1.3 Microbial Enzymes in Food Industries; 1.3.1 Amylases; 1.3.2 Proteases; 1.3.3 Pectinases; 1.3.4 Laccases; 1.3.5 Xylanase; 1.3.6 Lipases; 1.3.7 Lactases; 1.3.8 Cellulases; 1.3.9 Glucose Oxidase and Glucose Isomerase; 1.3.10 Invertase; 1.3.11 Transglutaminase; 1.4 Future Prospects; 1.5 Conclusion; References;
    2: Enzymes in Bioconversion and Food Processing; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Classification of Enzymes; 2.3 Biochemistry of Enzymes and Their Various Sources 3.1.2.13 Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis)3.1.2.14 Avocado (Persea americana); 3.1.2.15 Banana (Musa acuminata); 3.1.2.16 Beans (Phaseolus vulgaris L.); 3.1.2.17 Broccoli (Brassica oleracea); 3.1.2.18 Cherries (Prunus cerasus); 3.1.2.19 Ginger (Zingiber officinale Roscoe); 3.1.2.20 Garlic (Allium sativum L.); 3.1.2.21 Grapes (Vitis vinifera L.); 3.1.2.22 Mustard (Brassica juncea) and Cabbage (Brassica oleracea); 3.1.3 Food Enzymes in Pharmaceutical Industry; 3.2 Conclusion; References;
    4: Enzymatic Browning of Fruit and Vegetables: A Review; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Causes of Enzymatic Browning
    3: Food Enzymes in Pharmaceutical Industry: Perspectives and Limitations3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Significance of Food Enzymes; 3.1.2 Foods As a Source Of Enzymes; 3.1.2.1 Pineapple (Ananas comosus L.); 3.1.2.2 Papaya (Carica papaya L.); 3.1.2.3 FIG (Ficus carica); 3.1.2.4 Kiwifruit (Actinidia deliciosa); 3.1.2.5 Brucea javanica (L.) Merr.; 3.1.2.6 Cluster Fig (Ficus racemosa Roxb.); 3.1.2.7 Pumpkin (Cucurbita maxima); 3.1.2.8 Melon (Cucumis melo); 3.1.2.9 Cucumber (Cucumis sativus); 3.1.2.10 Mango (Mangifera indica); 3.1.2.11 Apple (Malus pumila); 3.1.2.12 Apricot (Prunus armeniaca L.) 4.2.1 Phenolic Compounds4.2.2 Polyphenol Oxidase and Related Enzymes; 4.2.3 Temperature; 4.2.4 pH; 4.3 Mechanism of Enzymatic Browning; 4.4 Control of Enzymatic Browning; 4.4.1 Heating and Cooling; 4.4.2 Heat Shock Method; 4.4.3 High-Pressure Processing; 4.4.4 Chemical Anti-browning Agents; 4.4.5 Other Methods; 4.5 Conclusion; 4.6 Future Perspectives; References;
    5: Fungal Inulinases: An Interesting Option for Food Sweetener Production; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Action Mechanisms; 5.3 Syrup Production; 5.4 Inulooligosaccharides and Its Application in the Food Industry
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Nigel Scrutton.
    Contents:
    Section I. Enzyme discovery. Enzyme discovery : enzyme selection and pathway design / Pablo Carbonell, Mathilde Koch, Thomas Duigou, and Jean-Loup Faulon
    Section II. Enzyme engineering tools and platforms. Cell-free synthetic biology for pathway prototyping / Ashty S. Karim and Michael C. Jewett ; Fast and flexible synthesis of combinatorial libraries for directed evolution / Joanna C. Sadler, Lucy Green, Neil Swainston, Douglas B. Kell, and Andrew Currin
    Section III. Enzyme families : parts and platforms for chemical diversity. Sesquiterpene synthase-catalyzed conversion of a farnesyl diphosphate analogue to a nonnatural terpenoid ether / Florence Huynh, David J. Miller, and Rudolf K. Allemann ; In vivo platforms for terpenoid overproduction and the generation of chemical diversity / Guangkai Bian, Tian Ma, and Tiangang Liu ; Imine reductases, reductive aminases, and amine oxidases for the synthesis of chiral amines : discovery, characterization, and synthetic applications / Sebastian C. Cosgrove, Agata Brzezniak, Scott P. France, Jeremy I. Ramsden, Juan Mangas-Sanchez, Sarah L. Montgomery, Rachel S. Heath, and Nicholas J. Turner ; Experimental protocols for generating focused mutant libraries and screening for thermostable proteins / Max J.L.J. Fürst, Caterina Martin, Nikola Lončar, Marco W. Fraaije ; Characterization of cytochrome P450 enzymes and their applications in synthetic biology / Laura N. Jeffreys, Hazel M. Girvan, Kirsty J. McLean, and Andrew W. Munro
    Section IV. Genome engineering for enzyme pathways. Metabolic engineering of Saccharomyces cerevisiae using a trifunctional CRISPR/Cas system for simultaneous gene activation, interference, and deletion / Carl Schultz, Jiazhang Lian, and Huimin Zhao ; YeastFab : high-throughput genetic parts construction, measurement, and pathway engineering in yeast / Eva Garcia-Ruiz, Jamie Auxillos, Tianyi Li, Junbiao Dai, and Yizhi Cai
    Section V. Bioengineered strains with designed enzyme pathways. Halomonas and pathway engineering for bioplastics production / Jiang Xiao-Ran, Yin Jin, Chen Xiangbin, and Chen Guo-Qiang ; An engineering approach for rewiring microbial metabolism / Sebastian Wenk, Oren Yishai, Steffen N. Lindner, and Arren Bar-Even ; Multifragment DNA assembly of biochemical pathways via automated ligase cycling reaction / Christopher J. Robinson, Mark S. Dunstan, Neil Swainston, James Titchmarsh, Eriko Takano, Nigel S. Scrutton, and Adrian J. Jervis ; Commodity chemicals from engineered modular type I polyketide synthases / Satoshi Yuzawa, Amin Zargar, Bo Pang, Leonard Katz, and Jay D. Keasling ; Modular pathway rewiring of yeast for amino acid production / Quanli Liu, Tao Yu, Kate Campbell, Jens Nielsen, and Yun Chen.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Fraser Armstrong.
    Contents:
    Front Cover; Enzymes of Energy Technology; Copyright; Contents; Contributors; Preface; Chapter One: Purification of fully active and crystallizable photosystem II from thermophilic cyanobacteria;
    1. Introduction;
    2. Growth and harvest of cells;
    3. Isolation of thylakoid membranes;
    4. Isolation of crude PSII particles;
    5. Purification of PSII dimers;
    6. Characterization of the purified PSII core dimers;
    7. Crystallization of purified PSII dimers; Acknowledgments; References; Chapter Two: Production and manipulation of blue copper oxidases for technological applications;
    1. Introduction
    2. Heterologous production of fungal laccases2
    .1. Cloning; 2.1
    .1. Site-directed mutagenesis; 2.1
    .2. Yeast recombination; 2
    .2. Transformations; 2.2
    .1. S. cerevisiae; 2.2
    .2. A. niger; 2
    .3. Screening for laccase secreting transformants in S. cerevisiae and A. niger; 2.3
    .1. Screening of clones from deep-well or microtiter plate cultures; 2.3
    .2. Screening of laccase producing transformants on petri dish plates; 2.3
    .3. Screening of activity on 96-well plate; 2.3
    .4. ELISA screening; 2
    .4. Fermentation in A. niger; 2.4
    .1. Preparation of spore inoculum and storage 2.4
    .2. Production in bioreactor and growth parameter
    s3. General purification procedure and characterization; 3
    .1. Purification procedure; 3.1
    .1. Assay procedures; 3.1
    .2. Laccase purification procedure;
    4. Applications; 4
    .1. General procedure for an oriented covalent grafting of the laccase surface; 4.1
    .1. Preparation of laccase variants for single-site anchoring; 4.1
    .2. Reductive amination of lysine; 4.1
    .3. Evaluation of the grafting; 4
    .2. Hybridization with materials;
    5. Conclusions; Acknowledgment; References; Further reading Chapter Three: Production and spectroscopic characterization of lytic polysaccharide monooxygenase
    s1. Introduction;
    2. Expression and purification of LPMOs; 2
    .1. Recombinant expression and purification from the E. coli periplasm; 2
    .2. Recombinant expression and purification from the E. coli cytoplasm; 2
    .3. Recombinant expression and purification from yeast; 2
    .4. Recombinant expression and purification from fungi;
    3. EPR spectroscopy; 3
    .1. EPR sample preparation for LPMOs; 3
    .2. Multifrequency collection; 3
    .3. Simulation procedures; Acknowledgments; References; Further reading Chapter Four: A novel overproduction system for the structural determination of a proton-pumping hydrogen-producing [NiFe ..
    .1. Introduction; 1
    .1. Hydrogen catalysis in nature; 1
    .2. Escherichia coli hydrogenase-2 genetic and structural arrangement; 1
    .3. First approaches to overexpression of a [NiFe]-hydrogenase;
    2. Overproduction of fully formed holo-Hyd-2; 2
    .1. Molecular biology strategies for the overproduction of Hyd-2; 2.1
    .1. Design of overexpression plasmid pO; 2.1.1
    .1. Equipment; 2.1.1
    .2. Reagents and buffers; 2.1.1
    .3. Procedures; 2.1
    .2. Design of overexpression strain HJ001-hyp
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ronen Marmorstein.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Gianluca Iacobellis, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first authoritative and comprehensive volume dedicated to epicardial adipose tissue (EAT). It provides an up-to-date and highly illustrated synopsis of the anatomical, biomolecular, genetic, imaging features, and clinical applications of EAT and its role in cardiovascular disease. It relays to the reader a contemporary view of the emerging interplay between the heart and adiposity-related diseases. In addition, this volume discusses the clinical implications and therapeutic targets of EAT in atrial fibrillation, heart failure and coronary artery disease. Comprehensive yet focused, Epicardial Adipose Tissue: From Cell to Clinic is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, endocrinology, primary care, and health promotion and disease prevention.

    Contents:
    1. Epicardial Adipose Tissue (EAT) Embriology
    2. EAT in Animals
    3. EAT Anatomy
    4. EAT Bio-molecular Physiology and Pathophysiology
    5. EAT Genetic Physiology and Pathophysiology
    6. Transcriptome of Epicardial Fat
    7. Interaction between Epicardial Fat and Aldosterone-Angiotensin system
    8. Epicardial Fat Lipidomics
    9. EAT Imaging (Echo, CTA, MRI)
    10. EAT Clinical Implications
    11. EAT Therapeutic Targets
    12. Epicardial Fat and Atrial Fibrillation
    13. Neuroendocrine Modulation of Epicardial Fat in Heart Failure and Atrial Fibrillation
    14. Perivascular Fat and Atherosclerosis
    15. EAT Randomized Controlled Trials
    16. Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eugene T. Richardson ; foreword by Paul Farmer.
    Summary: A physician-anthropologist explores how public health practices--from epidemiological modeling to outbreak containment--help perpetuate global inequities. In Epidemic Illusions, Eugene Richardson, a physician and an anthropologist, contends that public health practices--from epidemiological modeling and outbreak containment to Big Data and causal inference--play an essential role in perpetuating a range of global inequities. Drawing on postcolonial theory, medical anthropology, and critical science studies, Richardson demonstrates the ways in which the flagship discipline of epidemiology has been shaped by the colonial, racist, and patriarchal system that had its inception in 1492.

    Contents:
    Gramsci, but more pragmatic / Paul Farmer
    Part I. Carnivalization
    Introduction : Pr [Global health equity | Coloniality]
    Colonizer, interrupted (flash fiction)
    The allegory of the warren (platonic dialogues)
    The pacification of the primitive tribes of Lake Geneva (Nacirema ethnography)
    WHO's semiosis (semiotics)
    The ebola suspect's dilemma (call and response)
    Not-so-big data and immodest causal inference (symbolic reparations)
    Ebola vaccines and the ideal speech situation (border gnosis)
    The race-PrEP study (counterhegemonic modeling)
    The epistemic reformation
    Pandemicity, COVID-19, and the limits of public health "science".
    Digital Access 2020
  • Digital
    Joshua S. Loomis.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the 10 most influential epidemics in history, going beyond morbid accounts of symptoms and statistics to tell the often forgotten stories of what made these epidemics so calamitous. The book discusses epidemic disease as a major driving force in shaping our world; brings epidemic diseases out of the background of historical narratives and demonstrates how they have had an immensely important role in deciding wars, toppling empires, sparking major leaps in technology, and even changing the human genome; integrates science with history, sociology, religion, and other disciplines to provide the reader with a unique perspective not found in most other accounts of epidemic disease; shares fascinating insights such as how an epidemic of yellow fever helped to double the size of the United States and why tuberculosis was once considered a disease of the intellectual elite. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Microbes as Agents of Change
    Plague
    Smallpox
    Malaria
    Tuberclosis
    Typhus
    Yellow Fever
    Influenza
    Polio
    HIV/AIDS
    Future of Epidemic Disease
    Digital Access Springer [2018]
  • Digital
    Frank M. Snowden.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Humoral medicine : the legacy of Hippocrates and Galen
    Overview of the three plague pandemics : 541 to ca. 1950
    Plague as a disease
    Responses to plague
    Smallpox before Edward Jenner
    The historical impact of smallpox
    War and disease : Napoleon, yellow fever, and the Haitian Revolution
    War and disease : Napoleon, dysentery, and typhus in Russia, 1812
    The Paris School of Medicine
    The sanitary movement
    The germ theory of disease
    Cholera
    Tuberculosis in the romantic era of consumption
    Tuberculosis in the unromantic era of contagion
    The third plague pandemic : Hong Kong and Bombay
    Malaria and Sardinia : uses and abuses of history
    Polio and the problem of eradication
    HIV/AIDS : an introduction and the case of South Africa
    HIV/AIDS : the experience of the United States
    Emerging and reemerging diseases
    Dress rehearsals for the twenty-first century : SARS and Ebola.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Naoki Nakashima, editor.
    Summary: This book analyzes the development of medical big data projects in Japan. Japan is experiencing unprecedented population aging, and labor productivity has decreased accordingly. Big data analysis of the Japanese medical real-world database (RWD) has the potential to tackle this issue. To allow readers to gain an understanding of Japanese medical big data analysis, the book discusses the original Japanese system that generates medical RWDs in the hospital medical records system, the nationwide standardized health checkup system, and the public medical insurance system in Japan. After introducing four major big data projects in the healthcaremedical field in Japan, the book explains the importance of creating information standards to maintain data quality and to analyze medical big data. It enables readers to analyze which standards are installed in which RWDs, how the standards are maintained, and which issues are prevalent in Japan. This book also describes the ethical processes involved in big data projects involving medical RWDs in Japan.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Diagnosis Procedure Combination (DPC)
    Chapter 1. Development of a casemix system and its application in Japan
    Part 2: National Database of Health Insurance Claims and Specific Health Checkups of Japan (NDB)
    Chapter 2. The Present Status and Future Perspective of the National Database of Health Insurance Claim Information and Specified Medical Checkups of Japan (NDB)
    Chapter 3. Surveillances for Non-communicable Complex Diseases by National Databases of Health Insurance Claims and Specific Health Checkups of Japan
    Chapter 4. Powerful Analytics Platform for National-Scale Database of Health Care Insurance Claims
    Chapter 5. Panoramic view of diabetes from a standpoint of the NDB (National Database)
    Chapter 6. Nephrology Research in the NDB
    Part 3: Medical Information Database Network (MID-NET)
    Chapter 7. Drug safety assessment and the Japanese medical information database network (MID-NET)
    Chapter 8. A Solution to the Problem of Data Quality in MID-NET
    Part 4: Disease Registration Cohort Study with EMR (SS-MIX2)
    Chapter 9. Health Information Standards
    Chapter 10. SS-MIX structured standardized storage
    Chapter 11. Japan Diabetes compREhensive database project based on an Advanced electronic Medical record System (J-DREAMS)
    Chapter 12. Japan Chronic Kidney Disease Database: J-CKD-DB
    Chapter 13. The Japan Medical Imaging Database (J-MID).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Naoki Nakashima, editor.
    Summary: This book analyzes the development of medical big data projects in Japan. Japan is experiencing unprecedented population aging, and labor productivity has decreased accordingly. Big data analysis of the Japanese medical real-world database (RWD) has the potential to tackle this issue. To allow readers to gain an understanding of Japanese medical big data analysis, the book discusses the original Japanese system that generates medical RWDs in the hospital medical records system, the nationwide standardized health checkup system, and the public medical insurance system in Japan. After introducing four major big data projects in the healthcare–medical field in Japan, the book explains the importance of creating information standards to maintain data quality and to analyze medical big data. It enables readers to analyze which standards are installed in which RWDs, how the standards are maintained, and which issues are prevalent in Japan. This book also describes the ethical processes involved in big data projects involving medical RWDs in Japan.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Clinical Pathway
    Chapter 1. Real World Medical Data Clinical Pathway in Japan
    Chapter 2. Medical process analysis by using all-variance type outcome-oriented electronic clinical pathway data -Exploratory extracting critical indicator
    Chapter 3. Information and Data standard development for Clinical Pathways
    Part 2: Standard Code Mapping and Data Quality
    Chapter 4. Japan Laboratory Code (JLAC) 10
    Chapter 5. ICD-10 and ICD-11 in Japan
    Chapter 6. Standard codes for prescribing drugs use multiple code systems depending on their purpose
    Chapter 7. Data Quality Governance Experience at the MID-NET Project
    Part 3: Phenotyping
    Chapter 8. Phenotyping in Japan
    Chapter 9. Phenotyping of Administrative Claims Data
    Chapter 10. Phenotyping study using MID-NET database
    Chapter 11. Integration of phenotyping algorithms in Japan
    Part 4: Data Analysis on Real World Data
    Chapter 12. Analysis on Real-World Data: An Overview
    Chapter 13. Problems in Japanese real-world medical data analyses
    Part 5: Ethical Issues of Data Secondary Use in Japan
    Chapter 14. Ethical, Legal, and Social Issues Pertaining to the Use of Real-world Health Data in Japan
    Chapter 15. The Next-Generation Medical Infrastructure Law.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Moyses Szklo, F. Javier Nieto.
    Summary: Written for those who are familiar with the basic strategies of analytic epidemiology, This fourth edition takes readers through a rigorous discussion of key epidemiologic concepts and methods such as study design, measures of association, research assessment, and more. With real-life examples throughout, the book avoids complex statistical formulations and is an invaluable resource for intermediate students and practicing epidemiologists who wish to expand their knowledge of epidemiology and its role in the medical and public health sciences.

    Contents:
    Basic study designs in analytical epidemiology
    Measuring disease occurrence
    Measuring associations between exposures and outcomes
    Understanding lack of validity : bias
    Identifying noncausal associations : confounding
    Defining and assessing heterogeneity of effects : interaction
    Stratification and adjustment : multivariate analysis in epidemiology
    Quality assurance and control
    Communicating results of epidemiologic studies
    Epidemiologic issues in the interface with public health policy.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital/Print
    by John Parkin.
    Contents:
    pt. I.
    1. The Doctrine of contagion
    2. Modern theories, analysis of
    3. The Propagation of cholera
    4. Epizootics, or, Disease in the brute creation
    pt. II. Will shortly be issued, and will embrance the following subjects
    5. The Remote cause of epidemic diseases in the animal creation
    6. The Cause of blight and pestilence in the vegetable creation
    7. The Cause of hurricanes, and abnormal atmospherical vicissitudes
    8. Historical pathology, or a Brief history of the pestilences, murrains and blights, with the aberrations in the material world that have been observed during historical periods.
    Digital Access Google Books 1873
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L111 .P24 1873
    1
  • Print
    by Victor C. Vaughan ; assisted by Henry F. Vaughan and George T. Palmer.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I651 .V36
    2
  • Digital
    Ramon Z. Shaban, Brett G. Mitchell, Philip L. Russo, Deborough Macbeth.
    Summary: Endorsed by the Australasian College for Infection Prevention and Control (ACIPC) ACIPC is the peak body for infection prevention and control professionals in the Australasian region. Healthcare-associated Infections (HAIs) are a major threat to patient safety and the quality of healthcare globally. Despite this, Australia does not have a nationally coordinated program for the surveillance and reporting of HAIs. Epidemiology of Healthcare-associated Infections in Australia is Australia's first peer-reviewed, evidence-based assessment of the epidemiology of HAIs using publicly available data from hospital-acquired complications (HACs), state-based surveillance systems and peer-reviewed and grey literature sources. This important work has been compiled by some of Australia's leading infection control professionals and researchers. It will build national consensus on definitions, surveillance methodology and reporting of the incidence of HAIs. In doing so, it provides hospitals and those working in infection prevention and control an opportunity to benchmark and evaluate interventions to reduce infections and ensure transparency on reporting methods that will strengthen Australia's efforts to prevent and control HAIs. Here is a great article published in Sydney Morning Herald on the publication of Epidemiology of Healthcare-associated infections in Australia. Collated publicly available HAI surveillance definitions from jurisdictions across Australia Collated publicly available national HACs HAI data derived from the associated surveillance programs Identification of the gaps in both publicly available HAI data from different sources and the lack of publicly available HAI surveillance data in one serialised title Supporting video summarising key content Available in eBook format with print-on-demand option.

    Contents:
    Executive summary
    Surgical site infection
    Urinary tract infection
    Pneumonia
    Bloodstream infection
    Central line and peripheral line-associated bloodstream infection
    Multi-resistant organisms
    Infection associated with prosthetics and implantable devices
    Gastrointestnial infection.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Bengt Källén.
    Summary: Authored by Bengt Kallen, professor emeritus in embryology at Lund University in Sweden. The subject of this book is to describe the occurrence of congenital malformations among children born and what risk factors exist. Population data are presented for a number of malformations, ascertained with the use of data from the Swedish national health registers for the period 1998-2010 corresponding to some 1.3 million births, together with prospectively collected information on a group of exposures of possible interest.

    Contents:
    A Short History of Birth Defect Epidemiology
    Genetic and Non-genetic Factors in the Origin of Congenital Malformations
    Ascertainment of Children with Congenital Malformations
    Statistical Considerations
    Epidemiological Methods
    Neural Tube Defects
    Microcephaly
    Hydrocephaly
    Agenesis of Corpus Callosum and Holoprosencephaly
    Severe Eye Malformations
    Severe Ear Malformations
    Cardiovascular Defects
    Orofacial Clefts
    Atresia or Stenosis of the Alimentary Tract
    Pyloric Stenosis
    Malrotation of the Gut
    Megacolon
    Hypospadias
    Epispadias, Cloacal and Bladder Exstrophy
    Severe Renal Malformations
    Posterior Urethral Valve
    Pes Equinovarus
    Other Foot Deformities than Pes Equinovarus
    Polydactyly and Syndactyly
    Limb Reduction Defects
    Craniostenosis
    Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Abdominal Wall Defects
    Children with multiple malformations
    Syndromes
    Down Syndrome
    Explanation and Prevention of Birth Defects
    Eight Commandments: Rules for the Interpretation of Birth Defect Epidemiological Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, Henrique Jones, editors.
    Summary: This concise yet comprehensive book covers epidemiology of injuries in 24 different sports ranging from football, volleyball, athletics, to less explored ones, like archery and Formula 1. For each discipline the authors present and analyze the sport's main characteristics, physiological and biomechanical demands on athletes, epidemiology of injuries, prevention strategies, rehabilitation and return to play. Based on an updated overview of sport specific data, this book equips the reader with a solid understanding of sports injury epidemiology and its importance for the implementation of preventive measures. Written in collaboration with ESSKA by almost 100 international experts, sharing the belief that prevention is the first mission of sports medicine, this book is an excellent source of knowledge for sports physicians, researchers, residents, fellows and trainers alike.

    Contents:
    1 Archery
    2 Athletics: jumping disciplines
    3 Long-distance running
    4 Athletics: sprint disciplines
    5 Throwing athletes
    6 Basketball
    7 Cycling
    8 Extreme Sports
    9. Field Hockey
    10 Football
    11 Youth Football
    12 Handball
    13 Ice Hockey
    14 Olympics
    15 F 1
    16 Motocross.-17 Rugby
    18 Ski
    19 Alpine Ski.-20 Cross Country Skiing
    21 Tennis.-22 Volleyball
    23 Waterpolo
    24 Wrestling.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen, Ottawa Hospital Research Institute, Ottawa, ON, Canada.
    Contents:
    Differentiation of Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells into a Keratinocyte Lineage / Igor Kogut, Dennis R. Roop, and Ganna Bilousova
    Differentiation of Epidermal Keratinocytes from Human Embryonic Stem Cells / Fahad K. Kidwai, Tong Cao, and Kai Lu
    Protocol for Serial Cultivation of Epithelial Cells Without Enzymes or Chemical Compounds / Dongxia Ye and Antonio Peramo
    Growth and Differentiation of HaCaT Keratinocytes / Van G. Wilson
    Transgene Delivery to Cultured Keratinocytes Via Replication-Deficient Adenovirus Vectors / Vincent P. Ramirez and Brian J. Aneskievich
    Analyzing the Global Chromatin Structure of Keratinocytes by MNase-Seq / Jason M. Rizzo and Satrajit Sinha
    Analysis and Meta-Analysis of Transcriptional Profiling in Human Epidermis / Claudia Mimoso, Ding-Dar Lee, Jiri Zavadil, Marjana Tomic-Canic, and Miroslav Blumenberg
    Compound Screening and Transcriptional Profiling in Human Primary Keratinocytes: A Brief Guideline / Raphaela Rid, Harald Hundsberger, and Kamil Önder
    Preparation of Primary Cultures of Mouse Epidermal Keratinocytes and the Measurement of Phospholipase D Activity / Lakiea J. Bailey, Vivek Choudhary, Purnima Merai, and Wendy B. Bollag
    Lipid Rafts and Detergent-Resistant Membranes in Epithelial Keratinocytes / Kathleen P. McGuinn and Mỹ G. Mahoney
    MMP-2, 9 and TIMP-1, 2 Assays in Keratinocyte Cultures / Takashi Kobayashi
    Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Protection Via Cysteine Oxidation in the Epidermal Cornified Cell Envelope / Wilbert P. Vermeij and Claude Backendorf
    Modified Methods for Growing 3-D Skin Equivalents: An Update / Rebecca Lamb and Carrie A. Ambler
    A Novel Three-Dimensional Cell Culture Method to Analyze Epidermal Cell Differentiation In Vitro / Yoji Okugawa and Yohei Hirai
    Reconstruction of Normal and Pathological Human Epidermis on Polycarbonate Filter / Evelyne De Vuyst, Céline Charlier, Séverine Giltaire, Valérie De Glas, Catherine Lambert de Rouvroit, and Yves Poumay
    Methods for the Preparation of an Autologous Serum-Free Cultured Epidermis and for Autografting Applications / John J. Wille, Jeremy J. Burdge, and Jong Y. Park
    Human Keratinocyte Cultures in the Investigation of Early Steps of Human Papillomavirus Infection / Laura M. Griffin, Louis Cicchini, Tao Xu, and Dohun Pyeon
    Preparation and Delivery of 4-Hydroxy-Tamoxifen for Clonal and Polyclonal Labeling of Cells of the Surface Ectoderm, Skin, and Hair Follicle / Christine Chevalier, Jean-François Nicolas, and Anne-Cécile Petit
    Microdissection and Visualization of Individual Hair Follicles for Lineage Tracing Studies / Inês Sequeira, Emilie Legué, Suzanne Capgras, and Jean-François Nicolas
    Isolation and Characterization of a Stem Cell Side-Population from Mouse Hair Follicles / Paula L. Miliani de Marval, Sun Hye Kim, and Marcelo L. Rodriguez Puebla
    Multi-Scale Mathematical Modeling and Simulation of Cellular Dynamical Process / Shinji Nakaoka
    Erratum.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Giorgio Capogna, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an in-depth examination of labor pain and analgesia with the aim of promoting natural childbirth without pain. All aspects of the subject are covered, including the latest techniques of delivering labor analgesia. Importantly, emphasis is placed on a holistic approach, detailed attention being paid to the humanization of childbirth and behavioral aspects in addition to evidence-based medicine. Potential future developments are also addressed, with discussion of opportunities that have yet to be realized. In order to ensure that the text is easily readable for trainees as well as established practitioners, chapters have been restricted to a manageable length and information is presented clearly and succinctly. Step-by-step tutorials and boxes highlighting practical points are used to clarify technical aspects. The authors include both well-established experts and young emerging professionals from various European countries, ensuring an intercultural perspective.

    Contents:
    Physiology of labor
    Anatomo-physiological changes during labor and after delivery
    Labor pain
    Sociology of labor pain
    History of labor pain relief
    Antenatal consultation, maternal information, expectations and satisfaction
    Initiation of labor analgesia: epidural, CSE
    Maintenance of labor analgesia
    Analgesia during second & third stage, episiotomy, episiotomy repair
    Maternal and fetal monitoring during neuraxial labor analgesia
    Nutrition and fluid balance during labor; maternal optimization and fetal resuscitation
    Analgesia for dystocia and instrumental delivery
    Analgesia for induced labor and vaginal birth after cesarean section
    Extension of epidural block for cesarean section
    Postpartum analgesia and postpartum chronic pain
    Effects on neonate and breastfeeding
    Neonatal care in labor and delivery room
    Technical problems and their solutions
    Anti-coagulated parturient and neuraxial analgesia
    Complications of neuraxial analgesia
    Evidence based medicine and labor analgesia
    Ethics
    Teaching labor analgesia and simulation
    Humanization of labor and epidural analgesia
    Medico-legal issues in labor analgesia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giorgio Capogna.
    Summary: This book represents a unique and substantial guide, and will bring anesthesiologists up-to-date on advances in the neuraxial technique and its applications in obstetrics. Today the epidural block is almost exclusively of interest to obstetric anesthesiologists, and how it is taught increasingly coincides with its applications in obstetrics. Since the classical, seminal textbooks by Bonica, Moore and Bromage, published in the 1950s and 60s, textbooks devoted solely to the epidural technique have become quite rare. Among more recent books, there are many excellent texts on epidural anesthesia or analgesia in obstetrics, but none are fully dedicated to the epidural technique, which is usually described in a few paragraphs or, at most, in a chapter. This highly detailed book, including videoclip on epidural technique, offers comprehensive coverage on epidurals; as such, it will appeal to all anesthesiologists, especially obstetric anesthesiologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: History of Lumbar Epidural Block
    1.1 Was the Very First a Spinal or an Epidural Anesthesia?
    1.2 The First Epidural Approach: The Caudal
    1.3 Lumbar Epidural
    1.4 Continuous Lumbar Epidural
    1.5 Modern Epidural Analgesia
    References
    2: Anatomy of the Lumbar Epidural Region
    2.1 Vertebral Column
    2.2 Lumbar Vertebra
    2.3 Ligamentum Flavum
    2.4 Interspinous and Supraspinous Ligaments
    2.5 Muscles
    2.6 Intervertebral Foramen and Its Ligaments
    2.7 Epidural Space
    2.7.1 Epidural Fat 2.7.2 Nerve Roots and Nerve Root Cuff
    2.7.3 Internal Vertebral Venous Plexus, Epidural Arteries, and Lymphatics
    2.8 Dural Sac
    2.8.1 Dura Mater
    2.8.2 Arachnoid Layer
    2.8.3 Subdural and Intradural Space
    References
    3: Distribution of a Solution in the Epidural Space
    3.1 Sites of Action, Dynamics of Nerve Block, and Physicochemical Properties of Local Anesthetics
    3.2 Local Tissue Distribution
    3.3 Absorption and Elimination
    3.4 Spread of a Solution in the Epidural Space
    3.4.1 Patient Characteristics
    3.4.1.1 Age 3.4.1.2 Height, Weight, and Body Mass Index
    3.4.1.3 Pregnancy
    3.4.2 Technical Factors
    3.4.2.1 Needle Insertion Site, Bevel Orientation and Injection Through Needle or Through Catheter, Needle Bevel Direction, and Catheter Position
    3.4.2.2 Patient Position
    3.4.2.3 Epidural Catheter Design
    3.4.2.4 Mode of Administration of the Solution
    3.4.2.5 Speed of Injection
    3.4.3 Epidural Pressure and Adjacent Pressures
    3.4.4 Composition of the Solution Injected: Dose, Volume, and Concentration-Adjuvant Drugs
    References
    4: Fundamentals
    4.1 Epidural Equipment 4.1.1 Epidural Needles
    4.1.2 Epidural Syringes
    4.1.3 Epidural Devices
    4.1.4 Epidural Catheters
    4.1.5 Epidural Filters
    4.1.6 Connectors
    4.2 Patient Position
    4.2.1 Positioning the Patient
    4.3 Landmarks Identification
    4.3.1 Manual Palpation
    4.3.2 Ultrasound Identification
    4.4 Skin Disinfection
    4.5 Superficial Tissues' Local Anesthesia
    4.5.1 Technique
    References
    5: Epidural Technique
    5.1 Loss-of-Resistance-to-Saline Technique
    5.2 False or Pseudo-Loss of Resistance
    5.3 Bone Contact
    5.4 Observation and Aspiration of the Needle 5.5 Rebound Test and Partially Inserted Bevel of the Needle in the Epidural Space
    5.6 Loss of Resistance to Air
    5.7 Techniques Based on Epidural Negative Pressure
    5.8 Paramedian Approach
    5.9 Forces Involved During Needle Insertion
    5.10 Catheter Insertion, Needle Removal, and Catheter Fixation
    5.11 Catheter Aspiration and Test Dose
    5.12 Confirmation of Catheter Location in the Epidural Space
    5.12.1 Epidural Stimulation Test
    5.12.2 Epidural Pressure Waveform Analysis
    Appendix 1: Epidural Technique in Five Steps
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sabita Saldanha.
    Summary: Epigenetic Mechanisms in Cancer provides a comprehensive analysis of epigenetic signatures that govern disease development, progression and metastasis. Epigenetic signatures dictating tumor etiologies present an opportunity for biomarker identification which has broad potential for improving diagnosis, prognosis, prediction, and risk assessment. This volumes offer a unique evaluation of signature differences in of childhood, sex-specific and race-specific cancers, and in doing so broadly illuminates the scope of epigenetic biomarkers in clinical environments. Chapters detail the major epigenetic process in humans consisting of DNA methylation, histone modifications and microRNAs (miRNAs) involved in the initiation, progression and metastasis of tumors. Also delineated are recent technologies such as next generation sequencing that are used to identify epigenetic profiles (primarily methylation analysis) in samples (normal, benign and cancerous) and which are highly important to the analysis of epigenetic outcomes.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Michael Lübbert, Peter A. Jones, editors.
    Summary: The growing knowledge about disturbances of epigenetic gene regulation in hematopoietic stem cell disorders such as myeloid leukemias and preleukemias (myelodysplasias) is now being translated into treatment approaches that target the epigenetic defects pharmacologically. Such approaches include reactivation of tumor suppressor genes and other antiproliferative genes by reversal of DNA hypermethylation through azanucleosides, and use of HDAC inhibitors to reverse gene silencing mediated by chimeric, leukemia-specific transcription factors. This book first presents the latest evidence derived from preclinical models regarding the epigenetic regulation of hematopoietic stem cell differentiation and hemoglobin production. The significance of DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders and of epigenetic disturbances in lung cancer and other solid tumors is then discussed. A major part of the book, however, relates specifically to the translation of basic research and drug development to clinical applications, and in this context both present and future clinical strategies are considered. Individual chapters are devoted to the use of DNA hypomethylating agents and chromatin-modifying agents, and the treatment of hematologic malignancies and solid tumors by means of epigenetic agents is discussed in detail.

    Contents:
    The fundamental role of epigenetic regulation for normal and disturbed all growth and differentiation
    Mouse models to study DNA methylation in cancer research
    Epigenetic regulation of normal hematopoietic development
    Epigenetic regulation of globin genes and disturbances in hemoglobinopathies
    DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders: biological significance and methodological approaches
    Epigenetic modifications mediated by the AML1/ETO and MLL leukemia fusion proteins
    Epigenetic abnormalities in lung cancer
    Pharmacodynamic Responses to DNA Methyltransferase Inhibition
    Histone Methyltransferases: Opportunities in Cancer Drug Discovery
    Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors in recent clinical trials for cancer therapy
    Clinical Implications of Epigenetic Alterations in Lung Cancer
    Epigenetic disturbances in colorectal cancer
    Epigenetic Therapies in Solid Tumours: from preclinical models to clinical trial results.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nathan A. Berger, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Epigenetics and Cancer
    2. Epigenetics, Enhancers, and Cancer
    3. Early Life: Epigenetic Effects on Obesity, Diabetes, and Cancer
    4. Nutritional and Lifestyle Impact on Epigenetics and Cancer
    5. Environmentally Induced Alterations in the Epigenome Affecting Obesity and Cancer in Minority Populations
    6. Stress, Exercise, and Epigenetic Modulation of Cancer
    7. Epigenetic Effects of Gut Microbiota on Obesity and Gastrointestinal Cancers
    8. Epigenetics in Obesity and Esophageal Cancer
    9. Epigenetics, Obesity, and Colon Cancer
    10. Energy Balance, Epigenetics, and Prostate Cancer
    11. Effects of Physical Activity on DNA Methylation and Associations with Breast Cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David Hollar, editor.
    Contents:
    Epigenetics and Development: A Natural Process
    Cause and Effect in Epigenetic Disease Epidemiology
    Epigenetics and Health
    Molecular Basis of Epigenetics
    Trans-generational Epigenetics
    Maternal Exposure to Pharmaceuticals
    Maternal Exposure to Poor Nutrition
    Maternal Exposure to Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs
    Maternal Exposure to Lead and Mercury
    Maternal Exposure to Stress
    Paternal Exposure to Environmental Mutagens and Stressors
    Protective Nutrition Before and During Pregnancy
    Protective Behaviors Before and During Pregnancy
    Impact of Dental Mercury on Lifespan Health
    Children's Exposure to Stress
    Children's Exposure to Lead and Mercury
    Children's Exposure to Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs
    Children's Exposure to Violence
    Children's Exposure to Traumatic Events
    Children's Exposure to Poor Nutrition
    Infection Impact on Child Development and Epigenetics
    HLA and Immune Response
    Allostatic Load
    Latent Periods and Cardiovascular/Cancer Risks
    Dynamics of Life Experiences on Polygenic Gene Regulation
    Food Chain Impact of Pesticides on Human Health
    Sun and Artificial Radiation Exposure on Skin Health
    Medical Imaging Radiation Risk on Health
    Naturopathic Approaches to Epigenetic Health
    Reprogramming Epigenetic Effects
    An Ecological Systems Approach to Epigenetic Health
    The Health Leader's Guide to Promoting Epigenetic Health .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mihai Nadin.
    Summary: This book helps transform the awareness of the anticipatory perspective into actionable methods for practitioners of medicine. It provides guidance for those who design new means and methods inspired by epigenetics, in particular to those who advance sustainable alternatives.

    Contents:
    Context : A Subject More Important Than Ever
    DNA Methylation as an Epigenetic Mechanism of Anticipation
    The Genetics and Epigenetics of Anticipatory Adaptation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher Chang, Qianjin Lu.
    Summary: This book will address the growing roles of epigenetics in disease pathogenesis, and review the contribution of epigenetic modifications to disease onset and progression. The roles that epigenetics plays in facilitating effects of the environment on allergy and immunologic diseases will be reviewed. The book is divided into three parts - the first is an introduction to epigenetics and the methods that have been developed to study epigenetics, the second addresses epigenetics in allergic diseases and the third part will cover epigenetics in autoimmune diseases. With the rapid expansion of knowledge of how genes are regulated and how this regulation affects disease phenotypes, this book will be attractive to experienced researchers as well as those just launching an epigenetics research program. It will also be of interest to allergist, immunologists, rheumatologists and dermatologist who are engaged in clinical practice as a resource for understanding the basis for personalized and precision medicine. For example, the role that epigenetics plays in the pathogenesis in various allergic and autoimmune disorders and how this determines disease phenotypes will be covered extensively in this book. This book will thus help fill the gap in available resources on epigenetics in allergy and autoimmune diseases.

    Contents:
    Epigenetics in health and disease
    The development of epigenetics in the study of disease pathogenesis
    Epigenetic methods and twin studies
    The role of genetics, the environment and epigenetics in atopic dermatitis
    The epigenetics of food allergy
    Epigenetics and the Environment in allergy and asthma: asthma and allergic rhinitis
    Epigenetics of lupus erythematosus
    Epigenetics of psoriasis
    The role of epigenetics in type 1 diabetes
    Epigenetics of Primary Biliary Cholangitis
    Epigenetics in primary Sjogrens syndrome
    Epigenetics in Multiple Sclerosis
    The epigenetic regulation of Scleroderma and its clinical application.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Raul Alvarez-Venegas, Clelia De-la-Pena and Juan Armando Casas-Mollano.
    Summary: Over the past few decades, chromatin modulation has emerged as an important regulator of gene expression. This second edition provides detailed information on the epigenetic mechanisms in plants, illustrating the value of this research in plants of agronomic importance. It examines recent advances regarding plants' epigenetic regulation in response to abiotic and biotic types of stress; the epigenetic basis of plant immunity; evolution and functions of plant histones; epigenetic variation and plant breeding; and epigenome editing and crop improvement. The content is intended to promote the development of future biotechnologies to manipulate and selectively activate/inhibit proteins and metabolic pathways to counter pathogens, to treat important diseases, and to increase crop productivity. The development of new fields, like epigenome editing and RNA epigenetics, will certainly improve our understanding of currently known epigenetic modifications and their roles in e.g. host-pathogen interactions, crop productivity, and in response to environmental stimuli. This volume contains twelve new/revised chapters, written by an international team of experts on plant epigenetics, and addresses the needs of researchers and professionals in the fields of agronomics, crop breeding, epigenetics, plant biochemistry, plant developmental biology, and related disciplines.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    The role of small RNAs in plant somatic embryogenesis.- Chapter 2
    Past, present and future: plant epigenetic memory.- Chapter 3
    Casein kinase-mediated histone phosphorylation in model plants and crops.- Chapter 4
    Epigenetics in light regulation of plant development.- Chapter 5
    Canonical histones and their variants in plants: evolution and functions.- Chapter 6
    Plant epigenetic mechanisms in response to biotic stress.- Chapter 7
    Targeted epigenome editing for activation of plant defenses.- Chapter 8
    Epigenetics in crop biotechnology.- Chapter 9
    The Role of Germinally Inherited Epialleles in Plant Breeding.- Chapter 10
    Epigenetics and Heterosis in Crop Plants.- Chapter 11
    Epigenetic Variation Amongst Polyploidy Crop Species.- Chapter 12
    Histone H3 Phosphorylation in Plants and Other Organisms.- Chapter 13
    Tomato Epigenetics: Deciphering the 'Beyond' Genetic Information in a Vegetable Fleshy-Fruited Crop.- Chapter 14
    Epigenetic Advances on Somatic Embryogenesis of Agronomical and Important Crops.- Chapter 15
    MicroRNA Expression and Regulation During Plant Somatic Embryogenesis.- Chapter 16
    Can Epigenetics Help Forest Plants to Adapt to Climate Change?.- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by John W. Miller, Howard P. Goodkin.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Gregory D. Cascino, Dr Joseph I. Sirven, Dr William O. Tatum.
    Summary: "A concise clinical reference to the important features of epilepsy, providing a comprehensive grounding of basic knowledge that lays the foundation for effective care of persons with seizures. It guides practitioners in thinking logically about treatment, from the first clinic visit, subsequent visits, treatment failure, adverse effects, pregnancy, seizure emergencies, etc. The target audience is neurology residents, but this approach should prove useful for epilepsy fellows and for practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I. Epilepsy: Epidemiology, Diagnostic evaluation and Co-Morbidities (Greg Cascino)
    Chapter 1. Introduction and Epidemiology (Cascino)
    Chapter 2. Classification of Seizures and the Epilepsies (Wirrell)
    Chapter 3. Etiology and Pathology (Noe, Nickels)
    Chapter 4. Genetics of Epilepsy (Fine, Wong-Kisiel, Sheth)
    Chapter 5. Burden of Epilepsy (co-morbidities, driving, SUDEP, disability, psychiatry, IEPs, Quality Care in Epilepsy) (Crepeau, Cascino, Moore)
    Chapter 6. EEG and Epilepsy (include routine, scalp-recorded video-EEG, MEG) (Feyissa, Lagerlund, So)
    Chapter 7. Neuroimaging in Epilepsy (include CT, MRI, PET, SISCOM, fMRI) (So, Kotsenas, Watson, Brinkmann)
    Chapter 8. Diagnosing Epilepsy versus other Events- Non-epileptic spells (Drazkowski, Hoerth)
    Chapter 9. Sleep disorders and epilepsy (St. Louis, Carvalho, Moore)
    Epilepsy Journey # 1: Patient with a Genetic based epilepsy-what does this mean and how to counsel (Fine) ; Epilepsy Journey # 2: Patient with Spells- Algorithm for Spell workup- Adult (older pt.) Burkholder ; Epilepsy Journey # 3: Patient with Spells- Algorithm for Spell Workup- Kid (Nickels) ; Epilepsy Journey #4: Transitioning from pediatric to adult epilepsy clinic (Cascino, Nickels)
    II. Epilepsy: Treatment of Epilepsy: Non-surgical therapy (Joe Sirven)
    Chapter 10. First seizure (Spritzer, Shin )
    Chapter 11. Antiepileptic drug therapy (Britton)
    Chapter 12. Women's Issues in Epilepsy (Noe)
    Chapter 13. Treating Children with Epilepsy AEDs (Sheth)
    Chapter 14. Diet therapy (LGID, ketogenic diet) (Nickels, Wirrell)
    Chapter 15. Autoimmune Epilepsy (evaluation and treatment) (Britton, Pittock, McKeon, Flanagan)
    Chapter 16. Discontinuation of AED therapy (Britton)
    Chapter 17. Investigational therapy and drug approval process in US (including Cannabidiol) (Cascino, Sirven)
    Chapter 18. Devices to Monitor and Track your Epilepsy (Smart Watch, Embrace, etc.) (Crepeau)
    Epilepsy Journey # 5: Seizure Emergencies (include status epilepticus, FIRES, NORSE, Seizure First Aid, and Seizure Clusters) (Feyissa, Hoerth, Payne) ; Epilepsy Journey # 6:The First seizure- How to Evaluate and workup- Pediatric- (Williams) ; Epilepsy Journey # 7: The First seizure-How to evaluate and workup- Adult (Sirven) ; Epilepsy Journey # 8: Treating Epilepsy Second seizure and Beyond-How to Choose a Drug- Analgorithm (Crepeau) ; Epilepsy Journey # 9: Treating Status Epilepticus- An Algorithm (Hocker, Payne) ; Epilepsy Journey # 10: Withdrawing an AED Drug in Adults- An Algorithm (Sirven) ; Epilepsy Journey # 11: Withdrawing an AED Drug in Kids- An Algorithm (Wirrell) ; Epilepsy Journey # 12: Withdrawal of ASDs after Epilepsy SurgeryEpilepsy Journey # 13: The Pregnant Patient- An algorithm (Noe)
    III. Epilepsy: Treatment of Epilepsy: Surgical management (Bill Tatum)
    Chapter 19. Presurgical evaluation (candidate selection, phase 1, surgically remediable epilepsy syndromes)- (Burkholder, Meyer, Ritaccio, Shin)
    Chapter 20. Minimally Invasive epilepsy surgery (Electrocoagulation, Gamma Knife, Laser Interstitial Thermal Therapy)-(Tatum, Grewal, Wharen)
    Chapter 21. Intracranial EEG monitoring (electrode selection for iEEG, SEEG, ECoG)-(Van Gompel, Noe, Zimmerman)
    Chapter 22. Surgical strategies (include cortical resection, lesionectomy, cortical stimulation and functional mapping, hemispherotomy)- (Marsh, Chaichana, Zimmerman, Quinones)
    Chapter 23. Disconnection surgeries (epilepsy surgery in neonates/infants, corpus callosotomy, MST)- (Wirrell, Wong-Kisiel, Miller)
    Chapter 24. Neuromodulation (VNS, DBS, RNS) Surgical Outcome (seizure-free, quality of life, AED therapy)-( Lundstrom, Wharen, Tatum)
    Chapter 25. Emerging surgical procedures in epilepsy -(Lundstrom, Worrell, Stead)
    Chapter 26. Seizure Forecasting (Neurovista, iEEG, software algorithms)-(Brinkman, Worrell) Epilepsy Journey # 14: The drug-resistant patient- presurgical evaluation and surgery-approach to the "skip" candidate (Feyissa, Burkholder) ; Epilepsy Journey # 15: The drug-resistant patient and discordant presurgical evaluation- an algorithm for intracranial EEG-(Wong-Kisiel, So, Zimmerman) : Epilepsy Journey # 16: The drug-resistant patient who is not a candidate for resective surgery-an algorithm for neuromodulation (Ritaccio, Tatum) : Epilepsy Journey # 17: Pediatric patients and epilepsy surgery-an algorithm for treatment (Sheth, Miller, Wirrell IV). Conclusion (all editors) --
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Vee P. Prasher, Mike Kerr, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Epilepsy: a general overview
    3. Epidemiology of epilepsy in persons with intellectual disabilities
    4. Diagnosis of epilepsy in persons with intellectual disabilities
    5. The differential diagnosis of epilepsy
    6. Management of acute seizures in persons with intellectual disabilities
    7. The use of antiepileptic medication in adults with intellectual disabilities: a serious conundrum
    8. Vagus nerve stimulation therapy: an intellectual disabilities perspective
    9. Resective surgery for patients with epilepsy and intellectual disabilities
    10. Nonpharmacological management of epilepsy in adults with intellectual disabilities
    11. Psychopathology in people with epilepsy and intellectual disabilities
    12. Associated physical problems in epilepsy in intellectual disabilities
    13. Epilepsy and cognition
    14. Nursing and community aspects of epilepsy in intellectual disabilities
    15. Impact of epilepsy and intellectual disabilities on family life
    16. Epilogue: death and love in epilepsy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mohamad Z. Koubeissi, Nabil J. Azar, editors.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1: Physiologic Basis of EEG and Epilepsy
    Ch. 2: EEG instrumentation, Montage, Polarity, and Localization
    Ch. 3: Normal EEG Variants and Artifacts
    Ch. 4: Neonatal EEG and Neonatal Seizures
    Ch. 5: MCQ
    Ch. 6: Ictal and Interictal EEG
    Ch. 7: EEG and Semiology in Generalized Epilepsies
    Ch. 8: EEG and Semiology in Focal Epilepsy
    Ch. 9: Status Epilepticus
    Ch. 10: EEG in Encephalopathy and Coma
    Ch. 11: MCQ
    Ch. 12: Electro-clinical Syndromes by Age of Onset
    Childhood, Adolescence-adult
    Ch. 13: Seizures and Epilepsy in Early Life
    Ch. 14: Imitators of Epilepsy
    Ch. 15: Genetic Analysis of Epilepsies
    Ch. 16: Epilepsy Secondary to Specific Mechanisms
    Ch. 17: MCQ
    Ch. 18: Principles of Epilepsy Diagnosis and Management
    Ch. 19: Old Generation Antiepileptic Drugs
    Ch. 20: New Generation Antiepileptic Drugs
    Ch. 21: Dietary Therapies
    Ch. 22: Other Pharmacological Therapies: Investigational Antiepileptic Drugs, Animal Models of Epilepsy, Hormonal Therapy, Immunotherapy
    Ch. 23: Epilepsy Management in Special Populations
    Ch. 24: MCQ
    Ch. 25: Neuroimaging in Epilepsy
    Ch. 26: Neuropsychological Evaluation in Epilepsy
    Ch. 27: Magnetoencephalography and magnetic source modeling
    Ch. 28: Vagus Nerve Stimulation and other Neuromodulation
    Ch. 29: Epilepsy surgery assessment and testing
    Ch. 30: Procedures and outcomes in epilepsy surgery
    Ch. 31: Quality of Life in Epilepsy
    Ch. 32: MCQ.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Thalia Valeta.
    Summary: This book presents scientific evidence about epilepsy along with straightforward guidance and recommendations. Responses to frequently asked questions and clarification of uncertainties are provided to empower patients to optimize their medical, psychological and social care. This book helps mediate between patients and health care professionals and can assist both sides to understand the condition of epilepsy at all levels. The information provided in the book empowers patients to share decision making with their carers and clinicians and enables them to make informed decisions, by taking into account the best scientific evidence, as well as the patients' values and preferences. The Epilepsy Book: A Companion for Patients  is ideal for patients with epilepsy and their carers, and will also be of interest to health care professionals, medical students and teachers. Thalia Valeta's approach to epilepsy facilitates deeper understanding of the unmet needs and expectations of patients.

    Contents:
    History of epilepsy
    General Aspects of Epilepsy
    Preparing for the medical consultation
    Epileptic seizures
    Febrile seizures
    Reflex seizures
    Epileptic syndromes and their classification
    Idiopathic generalized epilepsies
    Benign childhood focal epilepsy
    Epileptic encephalopathies
    Structural (symptomatic) focal epilepsy
    Women and epilepsy
    Mortality and sudden unexpected death in epilepsy (SUDEP)
    Investigations for epileptic seizures
    Prophylactic treatment with antiepileptic drugs
    Comorbidities in epilepsy
    Psychogenic non-epileptic seizures
    Psychological treatments for epilepsy
    ''Metamyth''©/Dramatherapy
    Complementary (alternative) treatments for epilepsy
    Dietary treatments for epilepsy and ketogenic diet
    Safety in epilepsy
    Psychosocial impact of epilepsy
    Psychosocial aspects- parental reactions and needs in idiopathic focal epilepsies
    Stigma in epilepsy and how to combat it
    Websites and other resources for people with epilepsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    William O. Tatum, Joseph I. Sirven, Gregory D. Cascino, editors.
    Summary: Written by expert epilepsy clinicians from the Mayo Clinic, Epilepsy Case Studies: Pearls for Patient Care presents a wide variety of case histories drawn from real life experiences in people with seizures. Designed to stimulate the same deductive reasoning that is commonly used when seeing epilepsy patients in the clinic, this practical book presents the clinical scenario and then poses a range of stimulating questions to organize the reader's thoughts to address each case. Questions that revolve around each case include common ones such as "How does this test help us with the diagnosis" and "What is the precise relationship of the patient's seizures to their overall neurological condition". The most poignant questions include "How does this information help us to devise a treatment plan?" and "What do we know about the anticipated course and prognosis?" The questions raised in each section incorporate the clinical course and evaluation. Where possible, the discussion relies upon the latest medical evidence to support the responses and includes up-to-date techniques used for patients with and without seizure control. At the end of each case a few salient citations are referenced, as are a few of the more pertinent articles that the reader can reference to obtain an overview of the topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by William O. Tatum, Joseph I. Sirven, Gregory D. Cascino.
    Summary: This book presents a case based approach to epilepsy management in both diagnostic challenges and treatment of complex cases. Cases reflect "real life" patient scenarios that practitioners encounter with up-to-date terminology and treatment approaches. With 51 chapters, the book presents 51 unique, nuanced cases. Beginning with an initial presentation of a case history, the book opens with a basis for drawing in multiple aspects in the treatment of patients with epilepsy. Each chapter is organized into a clinical history, physical examination results, and ancillary testing to concentrate on differential diagnosis and focus on a definitive procedural approach to the final diagnosis. Subsequent information about the condition expands on the knowledge of the clinical features to a solution of common patient clinical scenarios as it affects people with epilepsy. A comprehensive successor edition, Epilepsy Case Studies is an invaluable resource to clinicians ranging from those looking for a quick review of a topic present in the table of contents, to those crossing disciplines into medical areas where seizures are a symptom of disordered or dysfunctional brain
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Philip K. Patsalos, Erik K. St. Louis.
    Contents:
    Acetazolamide
    ACTH
    Brivaracetam
    Carbamazapine
    Clobazam
    Clonazepam
    Diazepam
    Eslicarbazepine acetate
    Ethosuximide
    Felbamate
    Fosphenytoin
    Gabapentin
    Lacosamide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiracetam
    Lorazepam
    Methsuximide
    Midazolam
    Oxcarbaepine
    Paraldehyde
    Perampanel
    Phenobarbital
    Phenytoin
    Piracetam
    Pregabalin
    Primidone
    Rufinamide
    Stiripentol
    Sulthiame
    Tiagabine
    Topiramate
    Valproate
    Vigabatrin
    Zonisamide.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Philip N. Patsalos, Chalfont St. Peter.
    Summary: "This practical and concise book is an essential reference guide for use by all clinicians and allied health professionals that treat or care for patients with epilepsy. In full color throughout, this volume presents the antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), 34 in total, in alphabetical order and for each AED the information is divided into eight colored sections: general therapeutics, pharmacokinetics, interaction profile, adverse effects, dosing and use, special populations, overview, and suggested reading. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated. Specific additions include: inclusion of the new drugs perampanel and retigabine (also called ezogabine), updated pharmacokinetic interactions, suggested pediatric dosing schedules for several drugs, discussion about bone health and vitamin D monitoring and supplementation, information on teratogenicity in the sections on pregnancy. This handy pocket book will be an excellent companion for all clinicians that treat patients with epilepsy"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Preface; Introduction; Acetazolamide; ACTH; Carbamazepine; Clobazam; Clonazepam; Diazepam; Eslicarbazepine; Ethosuximide; Ezogabine
    see retigabine; Felbamate; Fosphenytoin; Gabapentin; Lacosamide; Lamotrigine; Levetiracetam; Lorazepam; Methsuximide; Midazolam; Oxcarbazepine; Paraldehyde; Permapanel; Phenobarbital; Phenytoin; Piracetam; Pregablin; Primidone; Retigabine; Rufinamide; Stiripentol; Sulthiame; Tiagabine; Topiramate; Valproate; Vigabatrin; Zonisamide; Abbreviations; Interaction table; Index.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2013
  • Digital
    edited by Jason H. Moore, Scott M. Williams.
    Contents:
    Long-term selection experiments : epistasis and the response to selection / Charles Goodnight
    Finding the epistasis needles in the genome-wide haystack / Marylyn D. Ritchie
    Biological knowledge-driven analysis of epistasis in human GWAS with application to lipid traits / Li Ma, Alon Keinan, and Andrew G. Clark
    Epistasis for quantitative traits in Drosophila / Trudy F. C. Mackay
    Epistasis in the risk of human neuropsychiatric disease / Scott M. Williams
    On the partitioning of genetic variance with epistasis / José M. Álvarez-Castro and Arnaud Le Rouzic
    Measuring gene interactions / Thomas F. Hansen
    Two rules for the detection and quantification of epistasis and other interaction effects / Günter P. Wagner
    Direct approach to modeling epistasis / Rong-Cai Yang
    Capacitating epistasis
    detection and role in the genetic architecture of complex traits / Mats E. Pettersson and Örjan Carlborg
    Compositional epistasis : an epidemiologic perspective / Etsuji Suzuki and Tyler J. VanderWeele
    Identification of genome-wide SNP-SNP and SNP-clinical boolean interactions in age-related macular degeneration / Carlos Riveros [and eight others]
    Epistasis analysis using information theory / Jason H. Moore and Ting Hu
    Genome-wide epistasis and pleiotropy characterized by the bipartite human phenotype network / Christian Darabos and Jason H. Moore
    Network theory for data-driven epistasis networks / Caleb A. Lareau and Brett A. McKinney
    Epistasis analysis using multifactor dimensionality reduction / Jason H. Moore and Peter C. Andrews
    Epistasis analysis using ReliefF / Jason H. Moore
    Epistasis analysis using artificial intelligence / Jason H. Moore and Doug P. Hill.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Thomas F. Baskett, MB, Bch, BAO (The Queen's University of Belfast), FRCS (C), FRCS (Ed), FRCOG, FACOG, DHMSA.
    Summary: "Despite misguided attempts to discourage them, eponyms continue to enrich the language and literature of medicine"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robert P. Erickson, Anthony Wynshaw-Boris.
    Summary: Epstein's Inborn Errors of Development provides essays on pathways of development and thoughtful reviews of dysmorphic syndromes for which the causative gene has been identified. It is a top-to-bottom revision of the landmark text that both revolutionized and accelerated the field of human genetics.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    edited by James R. Lehman, Kristine Diaz, Henry Ng, Elizabeth M. Petty, Meena Thatikunta, Kristen Eckstrand.
    Summary: This first-of-its-kind textbook marks a revolutionary effort to reform medical education nationally by providing a comprehensive, high-quality resource to serve as a foundation for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) health education across multiple disciplines. Addressing the decades-long unequal weight of medical education generally offered about the care of LGBTQ people, The Equal Curriculum was created to advance clinicians' competencies in optimizing the health of LGBTQ people. This textbook is designed to be integrated into health sciences curricula and offers pointed strategies to evaluate the integration of LGBTQ health topics. Starting with a brief overview, chapters 1 through 4 cover general content that is highly relevant to all health professionals working with LGBTQ people. Chapters 5 through 12 focus on specific patient populations and clinical specialties, and chapters 13 and 14 cover special topics. Key points in each chapter are highlighted to aid in the comprehension, and case vignettes are provided throughout the textbook, allowing learners to apply the content to clinical scenarios in order to evaluate how the application of relevant knowledge may impact health outcomes. Questions similar to National Board of Medical Examiners (NBME) style are provided in most chapters to assist in the application of content. As major addition to the clinical literature, The Equal Curriculum: Student and Educator Guide to LGBTQ Health should be of great interest to health sciences instructors, medical students in their preclinical and clinical phases, and trainees from other disciplines, such as physician assistants, nurses, social workers, and public health professionals.

    Contents:
    Section I: Foundational Sociological, Health Disparities, Health Research, and Medicolegal Concepts for the LGBT Community
    Chapter 1: Language and History of LGBT People
    Chapter 2: LGBT Health Disparities
    Section II: Interdisciplinary Approach to Care for LGBT People
    Chapter 3: The LGBT-Friendly Care Encounter
    Chapter 4: Interdisciplinary Approach to Care
    Chapter 5: Screening and Prevention
    Section III: Clinical Care of the LGBT Community
    Chapter 6: Child and Adolescent Medicine
    Chapter 7: Adult Primary Care
    Chapter 8: Sexual Health
    Chapter 9: Transgender Health
    Chapter 10: Emergency Medicine
    Chapter 11: HIV/AIDS
    Chapter 12: Psychiatry and Neurology
    Section IV: Emerging Topics in LGBT Health
    Chapter 13: Data Collection and Research
    Chapter 14: Topics in Global LGBT Health
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony T. Blikslager, Nathaniel A. White II, James N. Moore, Tim S. Mair.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Phillip Sponenberg, Rebecca Bellone.
    Contents:
    Dark horse colors : bay, chestnut, black, and brown
    Modifications affecting most colors
    Dilutions of the basic dark colors
    Overview of the genetic control of horse color
    Patterns with individually distribute white hairs
    Nonsymmetrical patches of white : white marks, paints, and pintos
    Overview of patterns adding white
    Horse color and horse breeding
    Peculiarities of hair growth
    Donkey color
    Summary tables.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephen M. Reed, Warwick M. Bayly, Debra C. Sellon.
    Contents:
    Infection and immunity
    Pharmacology : principles, antimicrobials, and NSAIDs
    Recognizing and treating pain in horses
    Critical care
    Internal medicine and clinical nutrition
    Clinical epidemiology and evidence-based medicine
    Clinical approach to commonly encountered problems
    Disorders of the respiratory system
    Disorder of the cardiovascular system
    Disorders of the musculoskeletal system
    Disorders of the neurologic system
    Disorders of the gastrointestinal system
    Disorders of the liver
    Disorders of the urinary system
    Disorders of the hematopoietic system
    Disorders of the endocrine system
    Disorders of the eye and vision
    Disorders of the skin
    Disorders of the reproductive tract
    Disorders of foals
    Toxicologic problems.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    editor, James K. Belknap ; associate editor, Raymond Geor.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Overview: from basic research to caring for the laminitis patient. Historical perspective on equine laminitis / Donald M. Walsh and Teresa A. Burns
    Laminitis: an overview / James K. Belknap
    Anatomy and function of the equine digit / A.H. Parks
    Lamellar function at the cellular level / Christopher C. Pollitt
    Digital biomechanics relevant to laminitis / Jonathan Merritt, Helen Davies and Andrew H. Parks
    Part 2: Pathophysiology of laminitis. Overview / James K. Belknap
    Experimental models of laminitis: starch overload / Susan C. Eades
    Experimental models of laminitis: oligofructose overload / Christopher C. Pollitt and Gabriel J. Milinovich
    Experimental models of laminitis: black walnut extract / John F. Peroni
    Experimental models of laminitis: hyperinsulinemia / Catherine McGowan and Janet Patterson-Kane
    Hemodynamic events in laminitis / John F. Peroni, Susan C. Eades and Simon R. Bailey
    The role of thrombosis and coagulation in equine laminitis / Simon R. Bailey
    Leukocytes and inflammatory signaling in laminitis: leukocytes / Rafael R. Faleiros and James K. Belknap
    Leukocytes and inflammatory signaling in laminitis: inflammatory signaling / Britta Leise
    Role of proteases in laminitis / Samuel J. Black, Le Wang, Erica Pawlak, Fengqiu Zhang, John Loftus and Dominique Alfandari
    Endocrine and metabolic dysregulation in laminitis: role of pituitary dysfunction / Philip J. Johnson
    Endocrine and metabolic dysregulation in laminitis: role of corticosteroids / Philip J. Johnson
    Metabolic syndrome in humans and horses: the relationship between obesity and insulin resistance / Teresa A. Burns and Ramiro E. Toribio
    Dysregulation of the lamellar basal epithelial cell in laminitis: role of the cytoskeleton and cell junctions / Christopher C. Pollitt
    Structural dynamics of displacement of the distal phalanx / Andrew H. Parks
    Part 3: Clinical presentation of equine laminitis. General clinical aspects of the laminitis case / Andrew van Eps
    Sepsis-related laminitis / Susan C. Eades
    Laminitis in equine metabolic syndrome / Andy E. Durham
    Laminitis in pituitary pars intermedia dysfunction / Philip J. Johnson
    Supporting limb laminitis / Gary M. Baxter
    Part 4: Diagnostic evaluation of equine laminitis. Detailed physical examination for laminitis / Richard A. Mansmann and Hans H. Castelijns
    Diagnostic imaging / Andrew H. Parks and James K. Belknap
    The digital venogram / Amy Rucker
    Endocrine and metabolic evaluation in horses with laminitis / Ramiro E. Toribio and Teresa A. Burns
    Part 5: Medical treatment of the laminitic patient. General supportive care for the laminitis case / Andrea E. Floyd and Debra R. Taylor
    Common therapies: anti-inflammatory therapy / Thomas J. Divers
    Vasoactive drug therapy / Simon R. Bailey and Susan C. Eades
    Analgesia / Bernd Driessen and Laura Zarucco
    Digital hypothermia / Andrew W. van Eps and Christopher C. Pollitt
    Equine sepsis / Samuel D. Hurcombe and Susan J. Holcombe
    Equine metabolic syndrome / Andy E. Durham
    Pituitary pars intermedia dysfunction / Dianne McFarlane, Philip J. Johnson and Harold C. Schott
    Part 6: Treatment of laminitis: digital support and stabilization of the distal phalanx. Therapeutic shoes: application of principles / Stephen E. O'Grady
    Solear support techniques / Raul J. Bras
    Approaching digital management prior to displacement of the distal phalanx / Randy B. Eggleston
    Hoof care management of horses with displacement of the distal phalanx / Andrew H. Parks
    Part 7: Treatment of the laminitis case. The use of casts in equine laminitis / James K. Belknap and Raul J. Bras
    Deep digital flexor tenotomy / R. Wayne Waguespack, Jr
    Dorsal hoof wall techniques / Amy Rucker
    Complications of laminitis / Robert J. Hunt and James K. Belknap
    Part 8: Management of chronic laminitis. Management changes in the laminitis case / Andrew Van Eps, Robert J. Hunt, James K. Belknap and Jeff Ridley
    Part 9: Prevention of laminitis. Overview of laminitis prevention / James K. Belknap and Andy E. Durham
    Prevention of supporting limb laminitis / Harry J. Markwell and Gary M. Baxter
    Prevention of sepsis-related laminitis / Samuel D. Hurcombe and Susan J. Holcombe
    Nutritional management for avoidance of pasture-associated laminitis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jörg A. Auer, John A. Stick, Jan M. Kümmerle, Timo Prange.
    Contents:
    Section I: Surgical Biology
    Section II: Surgical Methods
    Section III: Recent Advances in Anesthesia
    Section IV: Integumentary System
    Section V: Alimentary System
    Section VI: Respiratory System
    Section VII: Nervous System
    Section VIII: Eye and Adnexa
    Section IX: Reproductive System
    Section X: Urinary System
    Section XI: Diagnostic Imaging
    Section XII: Musculoskeletal System.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar.
    Contents:
    1. Access to high cost medicines: an overview
    2. Health technology assessment
    3. High-cost medicines in England
    4. Managed entry agreements and high cost medicine (European perspective)
    5. Setting a public health agenda to support access to high-cost medicines
    6. Human rights and intellectural property for universal access to new essential medicines
    7. Access to high price medicines in Portugal
    8. Improving access to high-cost medicines in low income countries in Africa: creating a functioning pharmaceutical system in Uganda
    9. Equitable access to biosimilars: an overview
    10. Access to high-cost medicines in Europe
    11. Access to high-cost medicines in Australia
    12. Access to high-cost medicines in New Zealand
    13. Access to high-cost medicines in Wales
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Roger Scarlin Chennells.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Exploitation
    Common heritage of humankind
    The altruism argument
    The "no value added" argument
    Justice and exploitation in bilateral exchanges
    Undue inducement and coercion
    Risks to indigenous peoples as vulnerable populations
    Closing chapter.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    American Academy of Pediatrics ; with a foreword by Joseph L. Wright.
    Summary: This compendium of clinical practice guidelines and policy statements from the AAP helps equip clinicians to provide equitable and inclusive care to vulnerable and underserved pediatric populations.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks [2024]
  • Digital/Print
    Tiffany Jana, Ashley Diaz Mejias ; [foreword by Jay Coen Gilbert].
    Summary: "All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries --including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Understanding the problem
    ch. 2. Start with you
    ch. 3. Occupational bias
    ch. 4. Gender bias
    ch. 5. Racial bias
    ch. 6. Hiring/advancement bias
    ch. 7. Customer bias
    ch. 8. Retribution bias
    ch. 9. Erasing retribution bias.
    Digital Access 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HD4903 .J36 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Todd H. Baron, David Leslie Carr-Locke, Richard A. Kozarek, D. Nageshwar Reddy.
    Summary: "Recent years have brought major shifts in the way endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography is used in everyday practice, including the incorporation of endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) techniques with ERCP. The 4th Edition of this practical reference helps you make the most of today's ERCP in your practice, with authoritative, highly illustrated guidance on every aspect of this complex tool, including coverage of the latest techniques both in print and on video"-- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    General topics
    Techniques
    Approach to clinical problems.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024]
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter B. Cotton, MD FRCP FRCS, Professor of Medicine, Digestive Disease Center, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, South Carolina, Joseph W. Leung, MD FRCP FACP MACG FASGE, Mr. & Mrs. C.W. Law Professor of Medicine, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Chief, Section of Gastroenterology, VA Northern California Health Care System, GI Unit, Sacramento VAMC Mather, California.
    Summary: "Authored by the very best, this is the perfect "how-to" guide to mastering a crucial yet complex gastrointestinal procedure. Peter Cotton and Joseph Leung have once again assembled many of the world's leading experts in this field to provide clear and concise guidance. There are chapters on "How to do" all of the specific manoeuvers, followed by chapters on "When to do" them (and when not to). Key highlights include the following: Full coverage of the entire range of both standard and advanced techniques, using a highly practical approach, Strong focus on patient education, safety, and minimizing risks, Twenty-four outstanding procedural videos of the experts performing ERCP, ideal for improving best practice techniques, Over 250 excellent illustrative photos, X rays, and anatomical drawings, "Tips and tricks" and key points throughout to aid rapid understanding, Reference to the latest ASGE, ACG, ASG, and UEGW guidelines throughout The book covers topics including simulation training, formal credentialing and certification, wire-guided cannulation techniques, pancreatic stenting, short wire technology, cholangioscopy, plastic versus metal stents, radiofrequency ablation, sphincter manometry, and ERCP in acute pancreatitis. Brought to you by world pioneers in endoscopy, ERCP: The Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, is an essential purchase for gastroenterologists and endoscopists of all levels"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    List of Contributors ix Introduction: Developments in ERCP over 50 Years xiii
    Section 1 Preparation 1 1 Training and Assessment of Competence (Preparing the Endoscopist) 3; Joseph W. Leung and Peter B. Cotton 2 Preparing the Facilities and Equipment 17; Joseph W. Leung and Andrew Yen 3 ERCP: The Team 29; Phyllis Malpas 4 Minimizing Duodenoscope Infections 39; Catherine Bauer 5 Patient Education and Consent 45; Peter B. Cotton 6 Risk Assessment and Reduction 49; Erin Forster and Joseph Romagnuolo 7 Sedation, Anesthesia, and Medications 67; John J. Vargo, II
    Section 2 Techniques 75 8 Standard Devices and Techniques 77; Joseph W. Leung 9 When Standard Cannulation Approaches Fail 131; Sundeep Lakhtakia and Shyam Varadarajulu 10 Intraductal Therapies 149; Zaheer Nabi and D. Nageshwar Reddy 11 Endoscopic Ampullectomy 165; Michael Bourke 12 The Radiology of ERCP 181; Stuart Ashley Roberts and Derrick Martin 13 ERCP Reporting and Documentation 199; Lars Aabakken
    Section 3 Clinical Applications 209 14 ERCP in Acute Cholangitis 211; Wei-Chih Liao and Hsiu-Po Wang 15 ERCP Peri-Cholecystectomy 223; Paul R. Tarnasky 16 Difficult Bile Duct Stones 243; Majid A. Almadi and Alan Barkun 17 Patients with Obscure Biliary Pain; Sphincter of Oddi Dysfunction 257; Peter B. Cotton 18 Benign Biliary Strictures 263; John T. Cunningham 19 The Role of ERCP in Pancreaticobiliary Malignancies 275; John G. Lee 20 ERCP in Acute and Recurrent Acute Pancreatitis 291; Robert A. Moran and Gregory A. Coté 21 Chronic Pancreatitis 305; Benjamin L. Bick, Evan L. Fogel, and Stuart Sherman 22 Role of ERCP in Complicated Pancreatitis 321; Todd H. Baron 23 ERCP in Children 333; Moises Guelrud and Andres Gelrud
    Section 4 Quality and Safety 357 24 Adverse Events: Definitions, Avoidance, and Management 359; Peter B. Cotton and B. Joseph Elmunzer 25 Ensuring Really Competent Practice 385; Peter B. Cotton Index 393
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    Linda S. Lee, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive review of ERCP and EUS and the clinical conditions for which they are employed. Presented in a case-based format with accompanying videos, it will serve as a valuable practical clinical resource for gastroenterologists with an interest in ERCP and EUS. The text highlights major techniques involved in ERCP, reviews complications and recent data on preventing post-ERCP pancreatitis, and discusses important issues in ERCP training. The EUS chapters review the breadth of equipment available for performing EUS and EUS-FNA, detail the technique of performing EUS-FNA, and explore pertinent issues with training and assessing competency analogous to ERCP training. Valuable insights on the basics of cytopathology relevant to the endosonographer are summarized. The classic indication for EUS of staging luminal cancers is also examined in detail, while pancreaticobiliary indications are discussed highlighting newer adjunctive technologies including elastography and contrast-enhanced EUS. ERCP and EUS: A Case-Based Approach will serve as a very useful resource for physicians who perform or refer patients for ERCP and EUS. It provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of ERCP and EUS that will help guide patient management and stimulate clinical research. Supplementary video files are available for this book and can be accessed at http://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-1-4939-2319-9.

    Contents:
    Training in Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography
    Indications for ERCP
    Overview of ERCP Complications: Prevention and Management
    ERCP from Soup to Nuts: Evaluation, Preparation, Execution and Follow-up
    Biliary Infections
    Diagnosing Biliary Strictures and Indeterminate Biliary Strictures
    Management of Biliary Structure and Bile Duct Injury
    Other Benign Biliary Strictures (Sclerosing cholangitis, autoimmune cholangitis, post-liver transplant)
    Choledochal Cysts: Evaluation and Management
    Acute Biliary Pancreatitis: Image, Intervene or Observe?
    Endoscopic Management of the Complications of Acute Pancreatitis
    ERCP in Chronic Pancreatitis
    Idiopathic Acute Pancreatitis and Sphincter of Oddi Dysfunction: The Diagnostic and Therapeutic Role of ERCP and Sphincter of Oddi Manometry
    ERCP in Other Pancreatic Disorders
    Bleeding From the Papilla
    ERCP in Post-Surgical Patients
    Ampullectomy
    ERCP in Pregnancy
    Pediatric ERCP
    Training in Endoscopic Ultrasound
    Equipment and Approach
    Techniques of Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration
    Essential Cytopathology Concepts for the Endosonographer
    Esophageal Cancer
    EUS in Gastric Cancer and Thickened Gastric Wall
    Rectal Cancer and Anal Sphincter Disorders
    Subepithelial Lesions
    Endosonography of the Mediastinum
    EUS in Pancreatic Tumors
    EUS in Pancreatic Cysts
    EUS and EUS-FNA in Acute Pancreatitis, Chronic Pancreatitis and Autoimmune Pancreatitis
    Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Injection
    EUS-guided Bilio-pancreatic Drainage.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Margus Viigimaa, Charalambos Vlachopoulos, Michael Doumas, editors.
    Summary: This concise guide to the often overlooked association between erectile dysfunction and hypertension/cardiovascular disease covers a wide range of aspects of importance to the clinician. It examines the impact of antihypertensive drug therapy on erectile function and explains how the management of erectile dysfunction in hypertensive patients depends on a variety of factors. Different treatment approaches are described, including lifestyle modification, PDE-5 inhibitors and other novel agents, and behavioral therapy, and helpful therapeutic algorithms are presented. A further focus of the book is the potential role of erectile dysfunction as an early diagnostic indicator of asymptomatic coronary artery disease and a prognostic marker for cardiovascular events. In addition, key background information is supplied on epidemiology and pathophysiology, and the significance of erectile dysfunction in different patient groups, such as the elderly and those with chronic kidney disease, is examined. Erectile dysfunction is a major public health problem affecting more than ten percent of the general male population and is now considered to be predominantly of vascular origin. This book will be informative and of practical value for all practitioners responsible for caring for the very many patients who experience erectile dysfunction in the setting of hypertension and cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Ernest E. Moore, Charles J. Fox, Fredric M. Pieracci.
    Summary: "Originating from the Ernest E. Moore Shock Trauma Center at Denver Health, this new volume in the Illustrated Tips and Tricks series, Ernest E. Moore Shock Trauma Center at Denver Health Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Trauma Surgery, provides succinct, precise information from Dr. Ernest E. Moore, Charles J. Fox, Fredric M. Pieracci, and a wide range of experts on tackling technical problems in trauma surgery. Practical, hands-on content conveys knowledge gained from years of surgical experience, including nuggets of wisdom unique to this particular institution. Illustrations and operative photos are used liberally throughout the book to demonstrate surgical techniques and provide a handy visual complement to the text."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    volume editors, Adrian Lussi, Carolina Ganss.
    Contents:
    Erosive tooth wear : a multifactorial condition of growing concern and increasing knowledge / A. Lussi, T.S. Carvalho
    Is erosive tooth wear an oral disease? / C. Ganss
    Diagnosis of erosive tooth wear / C. Ganss, A. Lussi
    The interaction between attrition, abrasion, and erosion in tooth wear / R.P. Shellis, M. Addy
    Challenges in assessing erosive tooth wear / V. Margaritis, J. Nunn
    Prevalence, incidence, and distribution of erosion / T. Jaeggi, A. Lussi
    Prevalence of erosive tooth wear in risk groups / N. Schlueter, A. Bjorg Tveit
    The histological features and physical properties of eroded dental hard tissues / C. Canss, A. Lussi, N. Schlueter
    Dentine hypersensitivity / N. West, J. Seong, M. Davies
    Methods for assessment of dental erosion / T. Attin, F.J. Wegehaupt
    Erosion in relation to nutrition and the environment / M.E. Barbour, A. Lussi
    Oral hygiene products, medications, and drugs
    hidden aetiological factors for dental erosion / E. Hellwig, A. Lussi
    Understanding the chemistry of dental erosion / R.P. Shellis, J.D.B. Featherstone, A. Lussi
    Intrinsic causes of erosion / R. Moazzez, D. Bartlett
    The potential of saliva in protecting against dental erosion / H.T. Hara, D.T. Zero
    The pellicle and erosion / M. Hannig, C. Hannig
    The role of oral hygiene : does toothbrushing harm? / A. Wiegand, N. Schlueter
    Risk assessment and causal preventive measures / A. Lussi, A. Hellwig
    The role of fluoride in erosion therapy / M.C. Huysmans, A. Young, C Ganss
    Alternatives to fluoride in the prevention and treatment of dental erosion / M.A.R. Buzalaf, A.C. Magalhaes, A. Wiegand
    Restorative therapy of erosive lesions / A. Peutzfeldt, T. Jaeggi, A. Lussi
    Erosive tooth wear in children / T.S. Carvalho, A. Lussi, T. Jaeggi, D.L. Gambon.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Raouf E. Nakhleh, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction / Raouf E. Nakhleh
    2. The landscape of error in surgical pathology / Frederick A. Meier
    3. General principles of how errors occur and how they may be reduced / Maxwell L. Smith, Stephen S. Raab
    Part 1. Pre-analytic factors contributing to errors and error prevention. 4. Error reduction in the pre-analytical process / Richard W. Brown
    5. Application of lean principles to pre-analytic and analytic processes / Anil Vasdev Parwani, Seung Lyung Park, Liron Pantanowitz
    Part 2. Analytic factors contributing to errors and error prevention
    6. Clinical history and clinical correlation / Keith E. Volmar
    7. Knowledge, training, and experience / Amelia Huck, Vania Nosé
    8. Standardization of diagnostic terminology and criteria: a prelude for error reduction / Raouf E. Nakhleh
    9. Ancillary studies: contribution to error and error prevention / Paul E. Swanson
    10. Optimization of case reviews in different practice settings / Raouf E. Nakhleh
    Part 3. Post-analytic factors leading to errors and error prevention. 11. The complete surgical pathology report / Michael O. Idowu
    12. Communicating effectively in surgical pathology / Carolyn Mies
    13. Error prevention in transcription and report distribution / Shannon J. McCall
    14. Error management: legal and regulatory responsibilities / Timothy Craig Allen.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Raouf E. Nakhleh, Keith E. Volmar, editors.
    Summary: The 1st edition of Error Reduction and Prevention in Surgical Pathology was an opportunity to pull together into one place all the ideas related to errors in surgical pathology and to organize a discipline in error reduction. This 2nd edition is an opportunity to refine this information, to reorganize the book to improve its usability and practicality, and to include topics that were not previously addressed. This book serves as a guide to pathologists to successfully avoid errors and deliver the best diagnosis possible with all relevant information needed to manage patients. The introductory section includes general principles and ideas that are necessary to understand the context of error reduction. In addition to general principles of error reduction and legal and regulatory responsibilities, a chapter on regulatory affairs and payment systems which increasingly may be impacted by error reduction and improvement activities was added. This later chapter is particularly important in view of the implementation of various value-based payment programs, such as the Medicare Merit-Based Incentive Payment System that became law in 2015. The remainder of the book is organized in a similar manor to the 1st edition with chapters devoted to all aspects of the test cycle, including pre-analytic, analytic and post-analytic. The 2nd Edition of Error Reduction and Prevention in Surgical Pathology serves as an essential guide to a successfully managed laboratory and contains all relevant information needed to manage specimens and deliver the best diagnosis.

    Contents:
    General Principles of How Errors Occur and How they May Be Reduced
    Error Management: Legal and Regulatory Responsibilities
    Quality Performance and Compensation Considerations
    Error Reduction in the Preanalytical Process
    Ancillary Studies: Contribution to Error and Error Prevention
    Work Habits Contributing to Error in Surgical Pathology
    Clinical history and clinical correlation
    Standardization of Diagnostic Terminology and Criteria: A Prelude for Error Reduction
    Optimization of Case Reviews in Different Practice Settings
    Pathologists' Knowledge, Experience and Judgement in Diagnostic Error Prevention (Pathologists' Competence)
    The Complete Surgical Pathology Report
    Communicating Effectively in Surgical Pathology
    Error Prevention in Transcription and Report Distribution
    Leveraging Information Technology in Error Prevention
    Tracking Report Defects
    Root Cause Analysis in Surgical Pathology
    Disclosure of Pathology Error to Treating Clinicians and Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael N. Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.
    Summary: This book describes and illustrates the gamut of errors that may arise during the performance and interpretation of imaging of both nontraumatic and traumatic emergencies, using a head-to-toe approach. The coverage encompasses mistakes related to suboptimal imaging protocols, failure to review a portion of the examination, satisfaction of search error, and misinterpretation of imaging findings. The book opens with an overview of an evidence-based approach to errors in imaging interpretation in patients in the emergency setting. Subsequent chapters describe errors in radiographic, US, multidetector CT, dual-energy CT, and MR imaging of common as well as less common acute conditions, including disorders in the pediatric population, and the unique mistakes in the imaging evaluation of pregnant patients. The book is written by a group of leading North American and European Emergency and Trauma Radiology experts. It will be of value to emergency and general radiologists, to emergency department physicians and related personnel, to general and trauma surgeons, and to trainees in all of these specialties.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Haris Chrysikopoulos.
    Summary: This book offers a thorough, clear and practical guide to identifying, preventing and correcting any error or bias that may arise during the interpretation and reporting of medical images. It combines information and insights from the fields of radiology, expertise theory, cognitive psychology, and advanced learning practices with the author's considerable clinical (radiologic) experience. In addition, the book features an extensive "Teaching Cases Section" that simulates real-world situations, giving readers an opportunity to practice what they have just learned. The purpose of the book is to provide readers with essential information and strategies, and to point out the deficiencies of the current radiology education system, in order to minimize the occurrence and the clinical impact of errors in imaging by offering the proper education and training for imaging professionals. It offers a valuable guide for diagnostic radiologists and all other imaging professionals, whether in training or in practice. Though the main emphasis is on computed tomography and magnetic resonance, the general principles are applicable to all conventional imaging modalities. .

    Contents:
    Perception and cognition in medical imaging
    Definition of errors in imaging
    Categories or errors in imaging
    The radiology report
    Mechanisms of errors
    Expertise and competence
    Error reducing strategies
    Conclusions and personal thoughts about our education
    Teaching cases
    References
    Index. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John W. Ludders, Matt McMillan.
    Contents:
    Errors : terminology and background
    Errors : organizations, individuals and unsafe acts
    Reporting and analyzing patient safety incidents
    Equipment and technical error in veterinary anesthesia cases
    Medication errors in veterinary anesthesia
    Errors of clinical reasoning and decision making in veterinary anesthesia
    Errors of communication and teamwork in veterinary anesthesia
    Error prevention in veterinary anesthesia
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Catriona Jennings, Ian Graham, Stephan Gielen.
    Contents:
    Part 1. What is prevention and why do we need it?
    Part 2. Practical aspects of prevention
    Part 3. Setting up preventive cardiology initiatives.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    Gad Frankel, Eliora Z. Ron, editors.
    Summary: Escherichia coli is a facultative anaerobic Gamma-proteobacterium, which belongs to the family Enterobacteriaceae. While being an important constituent of the normal gut microbiota, specialized E. coli clones have acquired genetic elements that allow them to compete with the endogenous commensals, colonise normally sterile niches and cause disease. E. coli pathotypes can cause intestinal and extra intestinal infections (e.g. UTI, sepsis) and associate with mammalian cells while being extra- or intra-cellular. In recent years, E. coli infections have become a serious clinical problem, due to the rapid spread of antibiotic resistance. Thus, infections with intestinal E. coli (e.g. E. coli O104) or extraintestinal pathogenic strains (e.g. E. coli ST131) are becoming difficult to treat and are often lethal. Consequently, there is a pressing need to develop alternative control measures, including the identification of new drug targets and development of vaccines that offer lasting protection. This volume focuses on several types of E. coli infections (intestinal and extraintestinal), virulence factors, and E. coli pandemics. It addresses the problem of antibiotic resistance, and a dedicated chapter discusses the need to develop alternative control measures. Given its depth and breadth of coverage, the book will benefit all those interested in the biology, genetics, physiology and pathogenesis of E. coli, and in related vaccine development.

    Contents:
    Shigella and enteroinvasive Escherichia coli / Ilia Belotserkovsky and Philippe J. Sansonetti
    Enteroaggregative Escherichia coli / Claire Jenkins
    TheType III secretion system of pathogenic Escherichia coli / Sabrina L. Slater, Agnes m. Sagfors, Dominic J. Pollard, David Ruano-Gallego and Gad Frankel
    Modulation of host cell processes by T3SS effectors / Avinash R. Shenoy, R. Christopher D. Funiss, Philippa J. Goddard and Abigail Clements
    The 2011 German Enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli O104:H4 outbreak - the danger is still out there / Stefanie Kampmeier, Michael Berger, Alexander Mellmann, Helge Karch, and Petya Berger
    Extraintestinal pathogenic Escherichia coli / Dvora Biran and Eliora Z. Ron
    Pandemic bacteremic Escherichia Coli strains: evoluation and emergence of drug-resistant pathogens / Yael Yair and Uri Gophna
    Current trends in antimicrobial resistance of Escherichia coli / Yossi Paitan
    Vaccines against Escherichia coli / Barbara Nesta and Mariagrazia Pizza.
  • Digital
    edited by Holger Till, Mike Thomson, John E. Foker, George W. Holcomb III, Khalid M. Khan.
    Summary: Esophageal Gastric and Disorders in Infancy and Childhood includes a wide spectrum of different diseases. These range from congenital malformations such as esophageal atresia (EA), necessitating an experienced team of pediatric surgeons and neonatologists immediately after birth, up to gastro-esophageal reflux disease in elder children, necessitating the pediatric gastroenterologist and visceral surgeon. In the last few years some fascinating pediatric surgical techniques have evolved, such as the thoracoscopic correction of EA or the FOKER technique for elongation in cases of long-gap EA. Prof. Foker has developed this special traction technique and is one of the world's leading experts in long-gap EA. Moreover Prof. Thomson's has established the gold standard of minimally invasive endoscopic treatments for reflux in childhood. This book aims to bring all specialities and experts in pediatric gastroenterology and surgery together.

    Contents:
    Esophageal Development
    Normal Esophageal Form and Function
    Congenital Esophageal Anomalies
    Early after EA Repair
    Further out from EA Repair
    Acquired Esophageal Problems
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    The Stomach
    Gastric Functional Problems
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Francisco Schlottmann, Daniela Molena, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive and practical guidance for the management of esophageal cancer. It presents a detailed review of the pathophysiology, clinical staging, treatment, and outcomes of patients with esophageal cancer. Chapters cover the epidemiology of the disease, latest diagnostic and staging tools, systemic therapies, and the current open and minimally invasive surgical techniques including transhiatal, Ivor Lewis and McKeown esophagectomy. Esophageal Cancer: Diagnosis and Treatment compiles experience gained across a variety of medical disciplines, with contributions from world renowned surgeons, gastroenterologists, and medical oncologists. Thanks to its multidisciplinary authorship, this book represents a unique resource for anybody who takes care of patients with esophageal cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nabil F. Saba, Bassel F. El-Rayes, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents;
    1: Epidemiology and Risk Factors for Esophageal Cancer; Introduction; Epidemiology; Incidence; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Mortality; Survival; Risk Factors; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Age and Gender; Ethnicity; Eating Disorders; Obesity; Bulimia Nervosa; Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease; Barrett's Esophagus; Socioeconomic Status; Occupation; Helicobacter pylori Infection; Diet; Hot Food and Beverage; Meat Consumption; Fruit and Vegetables; Minerals and Vitamins; Flavonoids; Vitamin D; N-Nitrosodimethylamine (NDMA) FolateDrugs; Sex Steroids; Proton Pump Inhibitors; Bisphosphonates; Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Agents and Aspirin; Statins; Alcohol Consumption and Tobacco Smoking; Metabolic Disorders; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Age and Gender; Ethnicity; Alcohol Consumption and Tobacco Smoking; Socioeconomic Status; Occupation; Opium; Diet; Hot Food and Beverages; Eggs; Meat Consumption; Pickles; Tea and Coffee Consumption; Minerals and Vitamins; Toenail Mineral Concentration; NDMA; Folate; Diet-Related Inflammation; Maté Consumption; Tooth Loss and Oral Hygiene; Oral Cancer; Infectious Disease Viral DiseaseHelicobacter pylori Infection; Medications; Bisphosphonates; Conclusions; References;
    2: Cellular and Molecular Biology of Esophageal Cancer; Introduction; Histological Differences; Applications of Molecular and Cellular Biology; Establishment of an Infectious Cofactor; Human Papillomavirus; Epstein-Barr Virus; Bacteria; Understanding Genetic Mechanisms; Genetic Profiles; MicroRNAs (miRNAs); Cancer Stem Cells; Prognostic Information; Predication of Progression; Guidelines for Medical Therapies; Prediction of Response to Medical Therapies; Predictors for Targeted Therapy Research Sources for Molecular and Cellular Studies in Esophageal CancersTissue Studies; Cancer Cell Lines; Animal Models; References;
    3: Pathology of Premalignant and Malignant Disease of the Esophagus; Introduction; Pathology of Adenocarcinoma and Its Precursor Lesions; Precursor Lesions of Esophageal Adenocarcinoma: Barrett's Esophagus and Barrett's Esophagus-Associated Dysplasia; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Pathology of Squamous Cell Carcinoma and Its Precursor Lesions; Precursor Lesions of Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Assessment of Specimens HER2-Neu TestingMicrosatellite Instability Testing; PD-L1 Testing; References;
    4: Barrett's Esophagus: Diagnosis and Management; Introduction; Natural History and Risk Factors; Natural History; Risk Factors for BE and EAC; Risk Factors for BE and Strategies to Identify a Screening Population; Risk Factors for the Progression of BE to EAC; Diagnosing Barrett's Esophagus (BE): Current Criteria and Areas of Controversy; Tissue-Based Diagnostic and Risk Markers; BE Surveillance: Current Clinical Strategies and Features That Affect the Implementation of the Surveillance Program
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    P. Marco Fisichella, Marco E. Allaix, Mario Morino, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Esophageal Anatomy and Physiology
    2. Esophageal Diseases: Radiologic Images
    3. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Pathophysiology
    4. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Diagnostic Evaluation
    5. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Treatment
    6. Treatment of Paraesophageal Hernias
    7. Extra-Esophageal Manifestation of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    8.Epiphrenic Diverticulum
    9. Evaluation and Treatment of Zenker's Diverticulum
    10. Achalasia: Pathophysiology and Diagnostic Evaluation
    11. Achalasia: Treatment
    12.Begnign Esophageal Tumors: Evaluation and Treatment
    13. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: From Heartburn to Cancer
    14. Barrett's Esophagus: Treatment Options
    15.Esophageal Cancer: Evaluation
    16. Esophageal Cancer: Surgical Treatment
    17. Esophageal Cancer: Neo-Adjuvant and Adjuvant Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ashwin Pimpalwar, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art, evidence-based review of esophageal preservation and replacement and serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers with an interest in this field. The text reviews in detail the embryology, anatomy and physiology of the esophagus relevant to esophageal replacement. The indications, advantages, disadvantages, complications and long-term outcomes of all techniques available are also discussed. The latest advances in this field including the laparoscopic and thoracoscopic techniques are included with detailed descriptions and figures. Recent advances in tissue engineering techniques for manufacturing a neo esophagus are also discussed in detail. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and includes the most up to date evidence-based data available. Esophageal Preservation and Replacement in Children is one of its kind and serves as a very useful resource for surgeons and researchers all over the world. It provides a comprehensive summary of the current status of esophageal preservation and replacement and all the recent advances in this field.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of esophagus
    Esophageal physiology and motility in normal and the replaced esophagus
    Intrathoracic extracorporeal lengthening
    Intrathoracic Intracorporeal laparoscopic elongation-external traction
    Intrathoracic Intracorporeal laparoscopic elongation-internal traction
    Extrathoracic lengthening (Kimura Technique)
    Long gap esophageal atresia
    Caustic esophageal injuries, GER Strictures and Postoperative strictures
    Routes for esophageal replacemen
    Gastric tube
    Gastric pull up open approach
    Gastric pull combined laparoscopic and thoracoscopic approach
    Vascularized jejunal tube
    Super charged Jejunal tube (microvascular anastomosis
    Colonic substitution
    Comparative outcomes of esophageal replacement techniques
    Tissue engineering of esophagus
    Future of esophageal preservation and replacement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nobutoshi Ando, editor.
    Summary: Esophageal cancer causes an estimated 386,000 deaths worldwide and is the sixth most common cause of death for men. The background characteristics of esophageal cancer treatment are markedly different between Asian and Western countries, however. In tumor histology, squamous cell carcinoma associated with smoking and alcohol consumption is overwhelmingly prevalent in Asia, whereas adenocarcinoma associated with Barrett?s metaplasia is markedly prevalent in the West. In Asia, especially in Japan, the key persons who play important roles in the management of esophageal cancer patients are surgeons; in the West those roles are filled by medical and radiation oncologists as well as surgeons. The philosophy of surgeons regarding cancer surgery varies from locoregional to local tumor control, particularly in focusing on lymph node dissection. Physicians? approach to surgical adjuvant therapy differs, therefore, between Asia and the West. Considering these East?West differences in esophageal cancer treatment, the currently available results of Western evidence should not be considered directly applicable to esophageal cancer in Asia. In this book, the authors discuss the knowledge base in Japan in terms of treatment of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma. Since this volume contains a wide spectrum of current information and addresses topics surrounding the treatment of patients with esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, it is highly relevant to Asian physicians and researchers as well as to their counterparts in the West.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of ESCC
    2. Pathology of Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    3. Imaging Diagnosis
    4. Endoscopic Diagnosis of Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Esophagus
    5. Stage Classifications: The UICC/AJCC Classifications and The Japanese Classification
    6. Comprehensive Registry in Japan
    7. Guidelines for Diagnosis and Treatment in Japan
    8. Surgery: Transthoracic Esophagectomy
    9. Surgery: Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy
    10. Surgery: Esophageal reconstruction
    11. Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Therapy
    12. Chemotherapy and Chemoradiotherapy 13. Radiation Therapy
    14. Endoscopic treatment: EMR and ESD
    15. The Hong Kong Experience
    16. The Indian Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nobutoshi Ando, editor.
    Summary: This is the second edition of the book, covering a wide spectrum of the latest information relevant to diagnosis and treatment of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma (ESCC). In recent years the incidence rate of esophageal cancer has been increasing; however, the background characteristics of the cancer treatment are significantly different between Asian and Western countries. In tumor histology, ESCC associated with smoking and alcohol consumption is overwhelmingly prevalent in Asia, whereas adenocarcinoma associated with Barretts metaplasia is remarkably prevalent in the West. In Asia, especially in Japan, surgeons play a significant role in the management of esophageal cancer patients, while medical and radiation oncologists as well as surgeons are important in the West. Considering these East-West differences in management of esophageal cancer, evidence originating in Asia should be more widely disseminated globally. The contributing authors, who have great expertise in their areas of specialization, discuss details in terms of treatment of ESCC, including basic science, diagnosis, surgery, other treatment modalities, Japanese guidelines, and also valuable experiences from other Asian countries. Accordingly, this excellent collection of texts benefits not only oncologists, but all medical and biological researchers involved in the latest ESCC research.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by James D. Luketich ; associate editors, Rodney J. Landreneau, MD, Arjun Pennathur ; illustrations by BodyScientific International, LLC, Anne Rains.
    Summary: "As part of the growing and well-known series, Master Techniques in Surgery, edited by Dr. Fischer, this book focuses on esophageal surgery. These specialty volumes complement the well-known Mastery of Surgery book, also edited by Dr. Fischer. While there are many standard textbooks in general surgery, thoracic surgery, and some on esophageal surgery, this book is unique in that it focuses on the technical aspects of esophageal surgery. Esophageal surgery is complex, and this textbook, which is entirely devoted to surgery of the esophagus, should serve as a useful complement to some of the existing comprehensive textbooks in esophageal, general and thoracic surgery, as well as serve as link between a classical textbook and an atlas"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. Surgical Treatment of Gastroesophageal Reflux and Paraesophageal Hernia: Laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication
    Laparoscopic partial fundoplication
    Fundoplication: open transabdominal approach
    Transthoracic Nissen fundoplication
    Belsey Mark IV partial fundoplication
    Laparoscopic collis gastroplasty
    Open collis gastroplasty
    Reoperative antireflux surgery
    Gastric bypass
    Endoscopic antireflux repair: Esophy X
    Laparoscopic paraesophageal hernia repair
    Open paraesophageal hernia: transthoracic approach
    Open paraesophageal hernia and Hill repair: open abdominal approach
    Part II. Surgical Treatment of Esophageal Motility Disorders: Achalasia and Esophageal Diverticula: Laparoscopic Heller myotomy and fundoplication for achalasia
    Transthoracic approach for achalasia
    Open esophageal myotomy and resection of epiphrenic diverticula
    Minimally invasive approach to resection of thoracic and epiphrenic diverticula
    Open cricopharyngeal myotomy and correction of Zenker's diverticulum
    Transoral repair of Zenker's diverticula
    Part III. Techniques and Approaches for Esophageal Resection: Transhiatal esophagectomy
    Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
    En Bloc esophagectomy
    Left thoracoabdominal exposure for esophagectomy and complex hiatus pathology
    Minimally invasive Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
    Esophagectomy with substernal pull-up
    Merendino jejunal interposition
    Long segment reconstruction with jejunum
    Colon interposition
    Part IV. Resection of Benign Esophageal Tumors: Open resection of esophageal leiomyoma and GIST
    Resection of GIST and leiomyoma: thoracoscopic approach
    Part V. Endoscopic Ablative Therapies and Resection: Esophageal radiofrequency ablation for the treatment of Barrett's Esophagus with and without dysplasia
    Photodynamic therapy, lasers, and cryotherapy for esophageal neoplasia
    Endoscopic mucosal resection
    Part VI. Miscellaneous Esophageal Procedures: Esophageal stents
    Bougie and balloon dilation of esophageal strictures: malignant and benign
    Esophageal perforation
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia repair: open and thoracoscopic.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Joel E. Richter MD, FACP, MACG, Donald O. Castell, MD ; associate editors, David A. Katzka, MD, Phillip O. Katz, MD, André Smout, MD, Stuart Spechler, MD, Michael F. Vaezi, MD, PhD, MSc.
    Summary: "My exposure to studies of esophageal function began in the middle of the 20th century and reflects 50 years of clinical experience and testing using new technology. There was growing interest in the development of techniques to study in-vivo function of the human esophagus. Early pioneer work in the laboratory of Charles Code PhD at the Mayo Clinic led the way with studies using nasogastric intubation with small (2-5 mm diameter) catheters in both healthy volunteers and patients with symptoms likely related to esophageal motility abnormalities. These studies were performed in awake non-sedated patients with a limited number of swallows (traditionally 10) of 5 ml volumes of water or saline, using a catheter filled with water or a small air-filled balloon. In the 1950s and 1960s a growing group of enthusiastic investigators joined the ranks of Code's disciples, expanding awareness of manometric findings in patients presenting with dysphagia, regurgitation, heartburn or chest pain so that by the end of the 20th century the terms "esophagology or esophagologist" were often seen. This was stimulated by their use at the regular international meetings for studies of the esophagus organized every 2-4 years by professor Robert Guilli, a Parisian surgeon. At one of these he organized an election such that I was voted by my international colleagues to receive the title "Pope of Esophagology". Although created in jest, I have enjoyed the respect it carries for many years. I believe that an esophagologist is best defined as a basic or clinical scientist with a focus on studies of esophageal function or disease"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Esophageal Symptoms. Symptom Overview and Quality of Life / John W Jacobs
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Esophageal Chest Pain / Edward C Oldfield, Parth J Parekh, David A Johnson
    Disorders Causing Oropharyngeal Dysphagia / Patrick Sanvanson, Reza Shaker
    The Esophagus / Magnus Halland, David A Katzka
    Esophageal Physiology and Testing. Functional Anatomy and Physiology of Swallowing and Esophageal Motility / Arvind Rengarajan, C Prakash Gyawali
    Radiology of the Pharynx and Esophagus / Marc S Levine, Stephen E Rubesin
    Special Endoscopic Imaging and Optical Techniques for Evaluating the Esophagus / John A Dumot, John J Vargo, Arvind J Trindade
    High-Resolution Manometry and Esophageal Pressure Topography / Dustin A Carlson, Peter J Kahrilas
    Esophageal Testing Using Multichannel Intraluminal Impedance / Mohamed Khalaf, Amit Agrawal
    Ambulatory Monitoring for Reflux / Frank Zerbib, John E Pandolfino
    New Diagnostic Tests for GERD / Robert T Kavitt, Michael F Vaezi
    Role of Histology and Cytology in Esophageal Diseases / Xiuli Liu, John R Goldblum
    Motility Disorders. Achalasia / Guy E Boeckxstaens, Albert J Bredenoord
    Non-Achalasia Esophageal Motility Abnormalities / Steven Clayton
    Surgery for Esophageal Motor Disorders / Brett Parker, Lee L Swanstrom
    Esophageal Webs and Rings / Mohamed Khalaf, Donald O Castell
    Esophageal Diverticula / Tara Barry, Adham R Saad, Vic Velanovich
    Esophageal Involvement in Systemic Diseases / John O Clarke
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease. Clinical Spectrum and Diagnosis of GERD Phenotypes / Rena Yadlapati
    Hiatus Hernia and Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Wout OA Rohof, Andr©♭ JPM Smout
    Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Ravinder K Mittal, Sabine Roman
    Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Shere Paris, Rhonda F Souza
    Duodenogastroesophageal Reflux / Daniel Sifrim, Roberto Penagini
    Helicobacter pylori and GERD / Kristle Lee Lynch, Gary W Falk
    Medical Management of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Felice Schnoll-Sussman, Philip O Katz
    Refractory Heartburn / Fahmi Shibli, Ronnie Fass
    Endoscopic Therapies for GERD / Kenneth J Chang
    Behavioral Treatment of Oropharyngeal and Esophageal Disorders / Joy E Gaziano
    Barrett's Esophagus / Puja Sukhwani Elias, Stuart Jon Spechler
    Esophageal Strictures / Sajiv Sethi, Joel Richter
    ENT Complaints in GERD / Emily C Ambrose, Kenneth C Fletcher, C Gaelyn Garrett
    Pulmonary Complications of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Walter W Chan
    Pediatric Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Rachel Rosen, Samuel Nurko
    Challenges in the Understanding and Application of Antireflux Surgery for GERD / Steven R DeMeester, Tom R DeMeester
    New Surgical Treatments for GERD / Reginald Bell
    Obesity and Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Hashem B El-Serag, Aaron P Thrift
    Malignant Disease. Tumors of the Esophagus / Michael S Smith, Charles J Lightdale
    Endoscopic Treatment of Esophageal Cancer / Prasad G Iyer, Kenneth K Wang
    Surgical Treatment for Esophageal Cancer / Luigi Bonavina, Alberto Luporini
    Miscellaneous. Eosinophilic Esophagitis / Ikuo Hirano, Evan S Dellon
    Foreign Bodies / Rene D Gomez-Esquivel
    Medication-Induced Esophageal Injury / David A Katzka
    Esophagitis in the Immunocompromised Host / James P Callaway, C Mel Wilcox
    Caustic Injuries of the Esophagus / Dhyanesh Patel
    Rupture and Perforation of the Esophagus / Phillip S Ge, Gottumukkala S Raju
    Cutaneous Diseases of the Esophagus / Michael J Camilleri
    Esophageal Disease in Older Patients / Kenneth R DeVault, Sami R Achem
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Ciro Esposito, François Becmeur, Henri Steyaert, Philipp Szavay, editors.
    Summary: This book is devoted to all the aspects of pediatric minimally invasive surgery and is written under the patronage of the European Society of Pediatric Endoscopic Surgery (ESPES) with the participation of leading international experts on Pediatric MIS. Comprising more than 50 chapters, the book begins with an introductory section describing the general and technical aspects of MIS approaches including laparoscopy, thoracoscopy, retroperitoneoscopy and robotic surgery. The main part of the book is divided into five subsections, each of which focuses on a specific system: thorax, abdomen, urology, gynecology and varia. For each subsection, the book examines several pathologies, accurately describing their clinical and diagnostic aspects and providing detailed information on the operative techniques, tips and tricks used in their treatment. Further, the book addresses potential complications in MIS and better ways to manage and prevent them. The volume will be of interest for pediatric surgeons, pediatric urologists or other professionals that need to access accurate descriptions of the MIS approaches adopted for the different surgical pathologies. At the same time, it addresses the needs of novices, including trainees, looking for general information on the management of the various diseases encountered in the pediatric population. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART I: BASICS
    Chapter 1: Equipment and Instruments
    Chapter 2: Ergonomics in Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Chapter 3: Check list and Preoperative Preparation
    Chapter 4: Basis of Laparoscopic Approach
    Chapter 5: Basis of Retroperitoneoscopic Approach
    Chapter 6: Basis of Thoracoscopic Approach
    Chapter 7: Basis of Pediatric Robotics
    Chapter 8: Training in Pediatric Minimal Access Surgery
    Chapter 9: Medico-legal Aspects in Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Chapter 10: Multimedia Aspects of Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Chapter 11: A Short History of the European Society of Pediatric Endoscopic Surgeons (ESPES)
    Chapter 12: Anesthesia in Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
    PART II: CHEST
    Chapter 13: Thoracoscopic Lung Biopsy
    Chapter 14: Management of Pleural Empyema
    Chapter 15: Thoracoscopic Lobectomy
    Chapter 16: Thoracoscopic Management of Pulmonary Sequestration
    ^Chapter 17: Thoracoscopic Management of the Mediastinal Masses
    Chapter 18: Primary Focal Hyperhidrosis: Surgical Management
    Chapter 19: Thoracoscopic Treatment of Chylothorax
    Chapter 20: Thoracoscopic Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (CDH) Repair
    Chapter 21: Thoracoscopic Repair of Esophageal Atresia and/or Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    PART III: ABDOMEN
    Chapter 22: Laparoscopic Management of Congenital Morgagni Hernia (CMH)
    Chapter 23: Laparoscopic Treatment of Esophageal Achalasia
    Chapter 24: Antireflux Surgery for Gastro-Esophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)
    Chapter 25: MIS Gastrostomy
    Chapter 26: Laparoscopic Pyloromyotomy
    Chapter 27: Laparoscopic Jejunostomy
    Chapter 28: Minimally Invasive Management of Duodenal and Jejunal Atresia
    Chapter 29: Minimally Invasive Surgery for Malrotation of the Intestine and Midgut Volvulus
    Chapter 30: Laparoscopic Approach to Intestinal Duplication
    ^Chapter 31: Laparoscopy and Laparoscopic-assisted Approach for Adhesive Small Bowel Obstruction
    Chapter 32: MIS Management of Intussusception
    Chapter 33: Current Operative Management of Meckel Diverticulum
    Chapter 34: Bariatric Surgery for Pediatric Patients
    Chapter 35: Laparoscopic Liver Surgery
    Chapter 36: Laparoscopic Management of Choledochal Cyst
    Chapter 37: Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Chapter 38: Laparoscopic Pancreatic Surgery
    Chapter 39: Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Chapter 40: Laparoscopic Partial Splenectomy
    Chapter 41: Minimal Invasive Management of Lymphatic Malformations
    Chapter 42: Laparoscopic assisted Endorectal Pull-through in Hirschsprung’s Disease and Familial Adenometous Polyposis
    Chapter 43: Laparoscopic Approach to Anorectal Malformations
    Chapter 44: Laparoscopic Management of Acute Appendicitis
    Chapter 45: Laparoscopic Cecostomy for Constipation and Incontinence
    ^Chapter 46: Laparoscopic Management of Persistent Complete Rectal Prolapse in Children
    Chapter 47: Minimal Access Colorectal Surgery in Pediatric Age
    PART IV: UROLOGY
    Chapter 48: Laparoscopic and Retroperitoneoscopic Nephrectomy
    Chapter 49: Laparoscopic Partial Nephrectomy
    Chapter 50: MIS Management of Duplex Kidneys
    Chapter 51: Laparoscopic Management of Intrinsic Uretero-Pelvic Junction Obstruction (UPJO)
    Chapter 52: Laparoscopic Management of Extrinsic Uretero-Pelvic Junction Obstruction (UPJO) by Crossing Vessels
    Chapter 53: Laparoscopic Approach to Urinary Stones
    Chapter 54: Vesico-Ureteric Reflux (VUR)
    Laparoscopic Lich Gregoir Repair
    Chapter 55: Vesico-ureteral Reflux (VUR)
    Endoscopic Treatment
    Chapter 56: Vesico-ureteral Reflux (VUR)
    Pneumovesicoscopic Repair
    Chapter 57: Laparoscopic Decortication for Renal Cysts in Children
    Chapter 58: MIS Management of Urachal Pathology
    Chapter 59: Laparoscopic Resection of Wilms’ Tumours
    ^Chapter 60: Laparoscopic Mitrofanoff Procedure
    Chapter 61: MIS Management of Posterior Urethral Valves (PUV)
    Chapter 62: Primary Obstructive Megaureter: Endourological Treatment
    Chapter 63: Ureterocele: Minimally Invasive Endoscopic Treatment
    Chapter 64: Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy in Children
    Chapter 65: Endoscopic Management of Bladder Tumors in Children
    PART V: GYNAECOLOGY
    Chapter 66: Laparoscopic Management of Ovarian Cysts
    Chapter 67: Laparoscopy for Ovarian Tumors
    Chapter 68: Laparoscopic Approach to Paratubal and Paraovarian Cysts
    Chapter 69: Laparoscopic-assisted Vaginoplasty
    Chapter 70: Ovarian Cryopreservation
    PART VI: MISCELLANEA
    Chapter 71: Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Chapter 72: Laparoscopic Management of Pediatric Varicocele
    Chapter 73: MIS Management of Pilonidal Sinus Disease
    Chapter 74: Laparoscopic Approach to Non Palpable Testis
    Chapter 75: Complications in Pediatric MIS
    ^Chapter 76: Fetoscopy: The Minimally Invasive Fetal Surgery
    Chapter 77: Application of Mimimally Invasive Surgery in Pediatric Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Contents:
    v. [1] 1908-1957
    v. 2. 1958-1962.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L122.B5 B8
    2
  • Digital
    Ashutosh Kumar Shukla.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book introduces the audience with basic theoretical and experimental aspects of Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) Spectroscopy. It further talks about ESR spectroscopy applications in Healthcare & Pharmaceutical Science, Paleontology & Geochronology and Food Science. Mathematical details have been kept to a necessary minimum and emphasis is given to highlight the applications of the technique.

    Contents:
    Ch 1: Electron Spin Resonance- An Introdcution
    Ch 2: ESR Applications in Healthcare and Pharmaceutical Science
    Ch 3: ESR Applications in Paleontology and Geochronology
    Ch 4: ESR Applications in Food Science.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Campbell, P. N.; Greville, G. D.; Tipton, Keith F.
  • Print
    Roitt, Ivan M.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G181 .R75 1973
    1
  • Digital
    Shaw M. Akula.
    Summary: This collection of nine essays provides an entertaining and thoughtful glimpse into trending topics in our lives. The author, Dr. Akula, tackles questions on life, science, and society from a biologists perspective. The book covers a broad range of topics, including common questions with complex answers intermixed with some religion and humor, making it a great read to give your brain cells a boost. The field of Science is massive - in fact, its the size of the universe, which means picking just a few topics to discuss is no mean feat. This book is a start, but there is more to come as Dr. Akula explores various subjects to discuss and shed new light on. This collection of essays will appeal to scientists, and to lay readers with an interest in the natural sciences. Its goal is to ensure that science isnt accessible to only a few people, but is instead disseminated to many. After all, a Smart World is the key to a Better Tomorrow and a Brighter Future.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Understanding Order in the disorder
    Chapter 2. Einsteins theory of relativity borrowed from the spice rack of Hinduism?
    Chapter 3. Flu or a bug?
    Chapter 4. Why I chose evolution over religion!
    Chapter 5. It is mi(y) RNA!
    Chapter 6. A morons footnote to controlling human brain
    Chapter 7. An insiders view!
    Chapter 8. Down the Line
    Chapter 9: What is intelligence?
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lee A. Fleisher, Michael F. Roizen, Jeffrey D. Roizen.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Crist, Brett D.; Borrelli Jr., Joseph; Harvey, Edward J.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jong O. Lee, editor.
    Summary: Despite a decreasing number of burns and improvement in mortality of burn patients in the United States, burn injuries are still frequent. Non-burn specialists such as emergency medicine physicians and primary care physicians will inevitably treat burn patients. In many instances, the first clinicians to see burn patients are non-burn specialists in the urgent care, emergency department, or primary care clinic, yet they typically do not have any formal training or exposure to burns in residency. As a result, many clinicians feel uneasy about managing burns even if the burn is minor. If a burn center is in a reasonable proximity, one can transfer the patient, but prior to transfer, or if no burn center is available, these clinicians may have to perform the initial management. It is important that they understand the basic principles of burn care. In times of burn disasters, non-burn specialists are needed to care for burn patients as burn centers can be quickly overwhelmed. They should be able to manage burn patients including stabilization, resuscitation and wound care. The text includes all current management available today for the care of burn patients. It is organized in a stepwise manner with clear information listed in sequential chapter formats. Chapter one offers the basic epidemiology of burn care while chapters three and four discuss the initial assessment and management. The chapter five discusses inhalation injury while the next three chapters focus on burn wound management including face and hand. The majority of chapters that follow center on a specific type of burn or burn patient. The last few chapters discuss aftercare including scar management and burn rehabilitation. Written by experts in the field, Essential Burn Care for Non-Burn Specialists is a valuable guide for any physician involved in burn treatment such as emergency physicians, primary care physicians, and general and plastic surgeons.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Epidemiology
    Burden of Disease
    Incidence
    Injuries Managed at Hospitals and Burn Centers
    Mortality
    Global and Local Inequities
    Risk Factors for Fires and Burn Injuries
    Age
    Children
    Elderly
    Gender
    Cooking and Cookstoves
    Occupation
    Climate and Seasonality
    Comorbidities
    Interpersonal and Collective Violence
    Data for Burn Injury Prevention and Control
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Pathophysiology and Hypermetabolic Response to Burn
    Introduction
    What Is Hypermetabolism?
    Magnitude and Duration Biomarkers and Mediators
    Metabolic Consequences: Glucose, Lipids, Amino Acids
    Glucose Metabolism
    Lipid Metabolism
    Protein Metabolism
    Targeting Organ Systems: Cardiac, Renal, Gastrointestinal, and Immune Systems
    Cardiac
    Renal
    Gastrointestinal
    Immune System
    Adipose Tissue
    Central Nervous System
    Management of Hypermetabolism: Conservative Measures
    Nutrition-Calculating Energy Consumption and Nutrient Supplementation
    Environment, Early Excision, and Exercise
    Management of Hypermetabolism: Pharmacological Intervention
    Propranolol Recombinant Human Growth Hormone
    Insulin-Like Growth Factor 1/Insulin-Like Growth Factor Binding Protein-3
    Insulin
    Metformin
    Oxandrolone
    Testosterone
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Initial Assessment of Burn Patient
    Introduction
    First Aid and Prehospital Considerations
    Initial Assessment
    Primary Survey
    Burn-Specific Secondary Survey
    Obtaining a Burn-Specific History
    Burn Patient Assessment
    Neurologic
    Ophthalmologic
    Otolaryngologic
    Chest and Abdomen
    Genitourinary
    Extremity
    Evaluation of the Burn Wound Triage, Referral, and Transfer Determination
    Tertiary Survey
    Prehospital and Initial Assessment Considerations for Special Situations
    Chemical Injury
    Cold Injury
    Electrical Injury
    Non-accidental Injury
    References
    Chapter 4: Initial Management and Resuscitation
    Introduction
    Big Problem or Little Problem?
    Airway: Who Needs to be Intubated, and How?
    Fluid Resuscitation: Why and How?
    Monitoring
    Complicated Resuscitation
    Management of the Burned Extremity
    Wound Care and Pain Management
    Supportive Care
    Role of the Rehabilitation Team
    Teamwork Final Thoughts
    References
    Chapter 5: Inhalation Injury
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Assessment and Grading
    Management
    Airway Management
    Carbon Monoxide and Hydrogen Cyanide
    Mechanical Ventilation
    Medical Therapy
    Complications
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Burn Wound Management
    Introduction
    Skin Anatomy
    Care Algorithm
    Minor Burns Treatment
    Hospital Admission for Minor Burns
    Major Burns Treatment
    Escharotomy and Wound Care
    Burn Surgery
    Burn Excision
    Skin Grafting
    Autograft Skin
    Skin Substitutes
    Allograft Skin
    Digital Access Springer [2023]
  • Digital
    Jeffrey J. Roth, MD, Las Vegas Plastic Surgery, Las Vegas, Nevada, William B. Hughes, MD, Director, Temple University Hospital Burn Unit, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Summary: The Essential Burn Unit Handbook is a pocket-sized reference dedicated to the evaluation, diagnosis, care, and treatment of burn patients. It covers the spectrum of burn care, from initial assessment and treatment to long-term sequelae. This second edition includes an added chapter on the criteria for admissions to a burn unit as well as outpatient and follow-up care. It covers a wealth of topics that surgical residents, emergency medicine residents, and critical care fellows often encounter such as patient nutrition, the use of antibiotics, wound care, and some of the unique pathologic conditions seen in this distinct and often critically injured population. The book covers electrical burns, inhalation injury, chemical burns, and pediatric patient management. It also presents a full range of day-to-day management modalities along with sample orders and templates for patient presentation and the organization of notes. A quick-reference glossary includes many of the acronyms and abbreviations used in this setting as well as a list of useful equations and ranges. This book will help you provide better patient care while shortening your learning curve. It stands alone as the most convenient, practical, and informative guide available today for those working with burn patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the burn unit
    Pathophysiology
    Evaluation, resuscitation, and treatment
    Admissions and follow-up care
    Wound care, use of antibiotics, and Control of burn wound sepsis
    Nutrition
    Inhalation injury
    General (nonburn) inpatient wound care
    Toxic epidermal necrolysis syndrome and Stevens-Johnson syndrome
    Electrical burns
    Chemical burns
    Pediatric burn management.
  • Digital
    by Fred R. Volkmar, Lisa A. Wiesner.
    Contents:
    What is autism : history, causes, and current research
    Screening and diagnostic assessment
    Approaches to providing medical care
    Frequent medical conditions and problems
    Working with attorneys and other referral sources
    Securing services
    Infants and preschool children
    School-aged children
    Adolescents and adults
    Behavioral and psychiatric problems : issues and interventions
    Considering medications for behavioral and mental health problems
    Considering complementary and alternative treatments
    Supporting families.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Anwar Qais Saadoon.
    Summary: This book is a concise learning guide dedicated to the full scope of pediatric history-taking and clinical examination for use in OSCEs as well as clinical life.

    Contents:
    History-taking skills and symptomatology
    Basics of history taking
    History taking of common pediatric cases
    Examination of the newborn and older child
    Examination of the newborn
    Examination of the older child.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kenneth F. Schulz, PhD, MBA (Distinguished Scientist, FHI 360, Durham, NC, USA, Clinical Professor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel HIll, NC, USA), David A. Grimes, MD (Clinical Professor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hll, NC, USA) ; foreword by Richard Horton, FRCP, FRCPCH, FMedSci (Editor-in-Chief, The Lancet).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by William Coleman, Gregory Tsongalis.
    Summary: Essential Concepts in Molecular Pathology, Second Edition, offers an introduction to molecular genetics and the "molecular" aspects of human disease. The book illustrates how pathologists harness their understanding of these entities to develop new diagnostics and treatments for various human diseases. This new edition offers pathology, genetics residents, and molecular pathology fellows an advanced understanding of the molecular mechanisms of disease that goes beyond what they learned in medical and graduate school. By bridging molecular concepts of pathogenesis to the clinical expression of disease in cell, tissue and organ, this fully updated, introductory reference provides the background necessary for an understanding of today's advances in pathology and medicine.

    Contents:
    PART I Essential Pathology
    Mechanisms of Disease
    1. Molecular Mechanisms of Cell Death 2. Acute and Chronic Inflammation 3. Infection and Host Response 4. Neoplasia
    PART II Concepts in Molecular Biology and Genetics
    5. Basic Concepts in Human Molecular Genetics 6. The Human Genome: Implications for the Understanding of Human Disease 7. The Human Transcriptome: Implications for the Understanding of Human Disease 8. The Human Epigenome: Implications for the Understanding of Human Disease 9. Clinical Proteomics and Molecular Pathology 10. Integrative Systems Biology: Implications for the Understanding of Human Disease 11. Pathology: The Clinical Description of Human Disease 12. Molecular Pathogenesis: The Biological Basis of Human Disease and Implications for Improved Treatment of Human Disease 13. Integration of Molecular and Cellular Pathogenesis
    PART IV Molecular Pathology of Human Disease
    14. Molecular Basis of Cardiovascular Disease 15. Molecular Basis of Hemostatic and Thrombotic Diseases 16. Molecular Basis of Lymphoid and Myeloid Diseases 17. Molecular Basis of Diseases of Immunity 18. Molecular Basis of Pulmonary Disease 19. Molecular Basis of Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract 20. Molecular Basis of Liver Disease 21. Molecular Basis of Diseases of the Exocrine Pancreas 22. Molecular Basis of Diseases of the Endocrine System 23. Molecular Basis of Gynecologic Diseases 24. Molecular Pathogenesis of Kidney Diseases 25. Molecular Pathogenesis of Prostate Cancer: Somatic, Epigenetic, and Genetic Alterations 26. Molecular Biology of Breast Cancer 27. Molecular Basis of Skin Disease 28. Molecular Pathology: Neuropathology
    PART V Practice of Molecular Medicine
    29. Molecular Diagnosis of Human Disease 30. Molecular Assessment of Human Disease in the Clinical Laboratory 31. Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine in the Treatment of Human Disease
    Digital Access ScienceDirect [2020]
  • Digital
    Beate Brand-Saberi, editor.
    Summary: This textbook describes the biology of different stem cell types and outlines the current level of knowledge in the field. It clearly explains the basics of hematopoietic, mesenchymal cord blood, neural and muscle stem cells and also covers induced pluripotent stem cells and their applications. Further, it includes chapters on organoids, stem-cell based disease modelling, extracellular vesicles and one chapter on ethical aspects of human stem cell research, which promotes critical thinking and responsible handling of the material. Based on lectures of the international master program Molecular and Developmental Stem Cell Biology taught at Ruhr-University Bochum and participation of collaborating professors from Tongji University Shanghai, the book is a valuable source for students, postdocs and researchers, who would like to have introductory chapters on stem cell biology. It also offers essential insights for physicians and dentists wishing to expand their knowledge. This textbook is a valuable complement to Concepts and Applications of Stem Cell Biology, also published in the Learning Materials in Biosciences textbook series.

    Contents:
    Hematopoietic Stem Cells
    Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    Cord Blood Stem Cells
    Neural Stem Cells and Their Niche
    Skeletal Muscle Stem Cells
    Heart Muscle Tissue Engineering
    Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells
    Epigenetics of Somatic Cell Reprogramming
    Human Pluripotent Stem Cells and Neural Regeneration
    Dopaminergic Neuron-Related Stem Cells
    Liver Disease Modelling
    Organoids in Developmental Biology Research and Application
    Extracellular Vesicles
    Ethics in Stem Cell Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Jonathan M.W. Slack, University of Bath, Bath, United Kingdom, Leslie Dale, University College London, London, United Kingdom.
    Summary: "This book presents the basic concepts and facts relating to the developmental biology of animals. It is designed as a core text for undergraduate courses from the first to the fourth year, and also for first year graduate students. It is suitable for both biologically based and medically oriented courses. A basic knowledge of cell and molecular biology is assumed, but no prior knowledge of development, animal structure, or histology should be necessary For this, the fourth edition, the work has two authors. Leslie Dale runs the developmental biology teaching at University College London and has brought his invaluable teaching experience as well as his daily contact with cutting edge research to complement the expertise of the senior author, Jonathan Slack. Two technical advances in particular have been incorporated into the text. The first is single cell transcriptome sequencing which provides a completely new way to observe developmental fate and commitment at a molecular level. The second is CRISPR/Cas9, and other methods for targeted genetic manipulation, that have hugely extended the range of what can be done. The book is arranged in four sections and the order of topics is intended to represent a logical progression. The first section introduces the basic concepts and techniques. Chapter 2 "How Development Works" is intended as a very brief summary of developmental mechanisms suitable for introductory lectures. We have moved the biochemistry of signaling systems, formerly in the appendix, into Chapter 4. So now the theoretical concepts of experimental embryology are presented together with the molecular pathways that underlie them. Section 1 also contains a new chapter on "Cells into Tissues" dealing with the fundamentals of morphogenesis and the underpinning role of cell contacts and the cytoskeleton. In other works, this topic is often fragmented among many individual examples and loses its coherence"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH491 .S6 2022
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott D. Solomon, Justina C. Wu, Linda D. Gillam ; illustration editor, Bernard E. Bulwer.
    Summary: Echocardiography remains the most commonly used imaging technique to visualize the heart and great vessels, and this clinically oriented text by Drs. Scott D. Solomon, Justina C. Wu, and Linda D. Gillam helps you make the most of its diagnostic and prognostic potential for your patients. Part of the highly regarded Braunwald's family of cardiology references, Essential Echocardiography expertly covers basic principles of anatomy and physiology, the appearance of normal variants across a wide range of cardiovascular diseases, and the hands-on approaches necessary to acquire and interpret optimal echocardiographic images in the clinical setting.

    Contents:
    Section I: Principles of ultrasound and instrumentation. Physical principles of ultrasound and generation of images
    M-mode imaging
    Principles of contrast echocardiography
    Principles of transesophageal echocardiography
    Principles of three-dimensional ultrasound
    Principles and practical aspects of strain echocardiography
    Understanding imaging artifacts
    Section II: The echocardiographic examination. Principles of transthoracic imaging acquisition: the standard adult transthoracic echocardiographic examination
    The transthoracic examination, view by view
    Three-dimensional echocardiography: image acquisition
    Optimization of the patient and equipment
    Utilizing contrast echocardiography in practice
    Echo on-call: echocardiographic emergencies
    Section III: Assessment of cardiac structure and function. Assessment of left ventricular systolic function
    Left ventricular diastolic function
    Assessment of right ventricular structure and function
    Assessment of the atria
    Section IV: Echocardiography for diseases of the myocardium. Acute myocardial infarction
    Mechanical complications of myocardial infarction
    Long-term consequences and prognosis after myocardial infarction
    Echocardiography in heart failure
    Dilated cardiomyopathies
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive and infiltrative cardiomyopathies
    Echocardiography in assessment of cardiac synchrony
    Echocardiography in assessment of ventricular assist devices
    Stress echocardiography and echo in cardiopulmonary testing
    Section V: Valvular heart disease. Mitral valve disease
    Aortic valve disease
    Tricuspid and pulmonic valve disease
    Prosthetic valves
    Echocardiography in percutaneous valvular intervention
    Section VI: Diseases of the pericardium and great vessels. Pericardial disease
    Diseases of the aorta
    Section vii: diseases of the pulmonary artery and veins
    Pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Section VIII: Cardiac masses. Primary and secondary tumors
    Identification of intracardiac thrombus
    Other cardiac masses
    Section IX: Systemic diseases involving the heart. Echocardiography in infective endocarditis
    Other systemic diseases and the heart
    Echocardiography in malignant disease
    Section X: Congenital heart disease in the adult. Atrial septal defect
    Ventricular septal defect
    Other common congenital defects in adults
    Section XI: Miscellaneous topics in echocardiography. Handheld echocardiography
    Appropriate use of echocardiography
    Echocardiography in the context of other cardiac imaging modalities
    Transesophageal echocardiography for cardiac surgery
    Appendices. Reference tables
    Commonly utilized equations in echocardiography
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Maus, Christopher R. Tainter, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Perioperative and Critical Care Echocardiography Introduction to Basic Perioperative and Critical Care Echocardiography: Examination, Certification, Indications and Contraindications
    Transesophageal Echocardiography: Probe Manipulation, Essential Views
    Point-Of-Care Transthoracic Echocardiography: Probe Manipulation, Positioning, Essential Views
    Basic Ultrasound Physics, Doppler Ultrasound, and Hemodynamic Assessment
    Knobology and Image Optimization
    Section II: Echocardiographic Assessment Left Ventricular Systolic Function
    Regional Ventricular Function
    Mitral Valve
    Aortic Valve
    Right Heart
    Atria
    Diastology
    Thoracic Aorta
    Pericardium
    Perioperative Rescue Echocardiography
    Imaging Artifacts, Normal Anatomic Variants, and Common Misdiagnoses
    Intracardiac Masses, Devices, and Foreign Bodies
    Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Section III: Critical Care Ultrasonography Abdominal and Vascular Ultrasound
    Volume Assessment and Fluid Responsiveness
    Lung Ultrasonography
    Shock and Cardiac Arrest
    Ultrasound for Vascular Access.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Maus, Sonia Nhieu, Seth T. Herway, editors.
    Contents:
    A. Section 1: Basic Perioperative Echocardiography
    Chapter 1. TEE in Non-Cardiac Surgery: Indications, Contraindications, Probe Manipulation, and Certification
    Chapter 2. Transesophageal Echocardiography: Essential Views
    Chapter 3. Physics of Ultrasound, Doppler Echocardiography and Hemodynamic Assessment
    B. Section 2: Echocardiographic Assessment
    Chapter 4. Left Ventricular Systolic Function
    Chapter 5. Regional Ventricular Function
    Chapter 6. Mitral Valve
    Chapter 7. Aortic Valve
    Chapter 8. The Right Heart
    Chapter 9. Diastology
    Chapter 10. Thoracic Aorta
    Chapter 11. Rescue Echocardiography
    Chapter 12. Imaging Artifacts and Common Misdiagnoses
    Chapter 13. Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    C. Section 3: Surface Ultrasound
    Chapter 14. Transthoracic Echocardiography: The Basic Views
    Chapter 15. Ultrasound for Vascular Access.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rose Hamm, Joseph Carey.
    Summary: "The evaluation of the patient with a non-healing wound consists of three components - subjective history, medical history, and wound assessment. The histories will usually allow the clinician to make a diagnosis of wound etiology, and if not, at least know what needs to be ruled out. They will also give indications as to why the wound is not healing. The wound assessment provides data for objective, measurable outcomes and progress, as well as information on how to treat the wound initially. The most important aspects of treating any wound are to treat all underlying co-morbidities and to address any issues that may be impeding wound healing. Finally, the initial treatment will consist of appropriate debridement of necrotic tissue and application of a dressing that will ensure adequate moisture for wound healing to advance"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Evaluation of the Patient with a Wound
    Ischemic Wounds
    Venous Wounds
    Pressure Injuries/Wounds
    Diabetic Foot Ulcers
    Burns
    Immune-mediated Tissue Injury
    Malignant Wounds
    Infections
    Miscellaneous Wounds.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    Kaushal H. Shah, MD, Residency Director, Mt. Sinai Emergency Medicine Residency Program, Icahn School of Medicine at Mt. Sinai Medical Center, New York, New York ; Chilembwe Mason, MD, Attending Department of Emergency Medicine, Bronx-Lebanon Hospital Center, Bronox, New York ; Reuben J. Strayer, MD, FRCPC, FAAEM, Safety/Quality Editor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai/Elmhurst Hospital, NYU School of Medicine, New York, New York.
    Summary: This reference for emergency room physicians features step-by-step instructions for nearly 100 adult and pediatric procedures.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Respiratory / section editor, Leon D. Sanchez
    section 2. Cardiac / section editor, Ram A. Parekh
    section 3. Trauma / section editor, Kaushal H. Shah
    section 4. Vascular / section editor, Bret P. Nelson
    section 5. Gastrointestinal / section editor, Josh Quass
    section 6. Genitourinary / section editor, Ari M. Lipsky
    section 7. Obstetric / section editor, Dara A. Kass
    section 8. Neurology / section editor, Jonathan A. Edlow
    section 9. Musculoskeletal / section editors, Part A, Natasha Desai ; Part B, Wallace A. Carter ; part C, Moira Davenport
    section 10. Soft tissue / section editor, Sanjey Gupta
    section 11. Heent / section editor, Joseph Habboushe
    section 12. Nerve blocks / section editor, Scott G. Weiner
    section 13. Foreign body / section editors, Elan S. Levy and Diana Kim
    section 14. Pediatrics / section editor, Louis A. Spina.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
  • Digital
    Michael Bauer, Michael Gitlin.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and classification of mood disorders
    Natural course of mood disorders and its treatment
    History of lithium treatment
    Pharmacology and mechanisms of action
    Maintenance treatment with lithium
    Treatment of mania with lithium
    Treatment of depression with lithium
    Suicide prevention with lithium
    Other clinical indications of lithium including neuroprotective effects and its potential indications
    Lithium in pregnancy and postpartum period
    Practical management of lithium
    Adverse effects and its management
    Other treatments for bipolar disorder and major depression.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by E.J. Mayeaux Jr., MD, DABFP, FAAFP, Professor and Chairman, Department of Family and Preventive Medicine, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Carolina School fo Medicine, Columbia, South Carolina, Clinical Professor of Family Medicine, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, Shrevport, Louisiana.
    Contents:
    Section I Anesthesia
    Section II Urgent and emergency care
    Section III Cardiovascular and respiratory
    Section IV Basic dermatology
    Section V Aesthetic procedures
    Section VI Closure techniques
    Section VII Skin surgery
    Section VIII Nail procedures
    Section IX Gynecology and urology
    Section X Gastroenterology
    Section XI Eye, ear, nose, and throat procedures
    Section XII Musculoskeletal procedures
    Section XIII Pediatrics
    Section XIV Appendices
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Janice Thompson.
    Contents:
    Understanding health assessment
    Interviewing the patient for a health history
    Taking a health history
    Assessing nutrition and anthropometric measurements
    Assessment techniques
    General survey and assessing vital signs
    Assessing pain
    Assessing skin, hair, and nails
    Assessing the head, face, mouth, and neck
    Assessing the ears
    Assessing the eyes
    Assessing the respiratory system
    Assessing the cardiovascular system
    Assessing the abdomen
    Assessing the peripheral vascular system and regional lymphatic system
    Assessing the musculoskeletal system / Karen L. Gorton and Janice Thompson
    Assessing the neurological system / Kim Foisy and Janice Thompson
    Assessing the female breasts, axillae and reproductive system / Janice Thompson and Meredith Scannell
    Assessing the male breasts and reproductive system
    Assessing the anus and rectum
    Assessing the newborn / Janice Thompson and Jane Brophy
    Assessing the child and adolescent / Cory Ann Boyd and Janice Thompson
    Assessing the pregnant woman / Leslie White
    Assessing the older adult.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    John O'Neill, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an excellent review of the various rheumatological conditions, both common and uncommon, that may present on imaging on a daily basis. The book uses a unique format that will be beneficial for clinicians, radiologists, medical students, and consultant staff. The text is written by both rheumatology and radiology staff to provide a balanced approach. A clinical overview and the common clinical presentations are briefly reviewed for each condition followed by a more detailed discussion of imaging findings produced by the various imaging modalities, including radiographs, ultrasound, MRI, CT, and nuclear medicine. This book details the imaging of normal musculoskeletal anatomy and pathology; discusses image-guided musculoskeletal interventions; and examines disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis, connective tissue disease, osteoarthritis, osteonecrosis, infection-related arthritis, soft tissue calcification, and bone and synovial tumors. Featuring over 600 multi-part, high-resolution images of rheumatic diseases across current imaging modalities, Essential Imaging in Rheumatology offers up-to-date and complete information on the imaging of these disorders.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Imaging
    Arthritis: A Diagnostic Approach
    Image Analysis
    Image-Guided Interventional Diagnosis and Treatment
    Inflammatory Arthritides
    Spondyloarthropathy
    Connective Tissue Disease
    Crystal-Related Disease
    Endocrive and Miscellaneous Arthropathies
    Osteoarthritis
    Metabolic Bone Disease
    Osteonecrosis
    Imaging in Musculoskeletal Infection
    The Diabetic Foot
    Spine
    Soft Tissue Calcification
    Bone and Synovial Tumors
    Appendix: Image Scoring Methods in Arthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Rajat Chand, Adam E.M. Eltorai, Terrance Healey, Sun Ahn, editors.
    Summary: The book is a question-and-answer guide to interventional radiology. This pocket resource addresses both general IR and subspecialty topics, providing accurate, on-the-spot answers. Students can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon when they begin their rotation or use specific chapters to review a subspecialty before starting a new rotation or joining a new service. The book begins with a general introduction to IR and its common procedures and tools, and is then organized by subspecialties (like vascular disease, oncology, and genitourinary), focusing on common conditions. The books two-column format provides questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate rapid-fire review that includes many classic images to facilitate pattern recognition skills. This book is an ideal, on-the-spot reference for medical students, residents, and practicing interventional radiologists seeking fast facts on diagnosis and treatment with interventional radiology.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Introduction
    Using this book
    What is Interventional Radiology?
    Core principles
    SECTION II: Daily Workflow
    Role of a sub-intern
    Presenting patients
    Morning rounds
    Afternoon rounds
    Taking call
    Pre-procedure
    SECTION III: The Vascular Suite
    Prepping
    Running the table
    Choice of Access
    Seldinger technique
    Guidewires
    Catheters
    Connectors
    Balloons
    Stents
    Embolization
    Other
    SECTION IV: CT/MRI/US
    Procedures
    Materials
    SECTION V: Vascular Disease
    Abdominal aortic aneurysms
    Thoracic aortic aneurysms
    Angiography
    Angioplasty and stenting
    Deep vein thrombosis
    Mesenteric ischemia
    Arteriovenous Malformations
    Central Venous Access
    Carotid Artery Stenosis
    Renovascular Hypertension
    Varicose Vein
    Vena Cava Filter
    Peripheral Artery Aneurysm
    Dialysis grafts
    SECTION VI: Oncology
    Hepatic
    Pulmonary
    Renal
    Other
    SECTION VII: Hepatobiliary
    Transjugular intrahepatic porotosystemic shunts
    Balloon-occluded retrograde transvenous obliteration
    SECTION VIII: Genitourinary
    Percutaneous nephrostomy
    Ureteral Stenting
    Uterine fibroid embolization
    Prostatic artery embolization
    SECTION IX: Neuro
    Stroke
    Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty
    Pain management
    SECTION X: Vascular Emergencies
    Embolization
    Splenic
    Pelvic
    Bronchial
    Upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Uterine artery embolization
    Contrast reactions
    SECTION XI: Other
    Tubes
    Biopsy
    New procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mark J. Eisenberg, Andrea L. Cox.
    Summary: "This book will help students successfully completed their intensive program of study and establish their careers. Chapters will be co-written by current MD-PhD students, recent graduates and established physician-scientists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Applying for MD-PhD training
    Early days in medical school
    The transition to graduate school
    Transitioning back to medical school
    Residency, fellowship, and your first job
    Physician-scientist wellness.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessHemOnc
    AccessCardiology
    AccessDermatology
  • Digital
    Brian E. Lacy, John K. DiBaise, Mark Pimentel, Alexander C. Ford, editors.
    Summary: This casebook provides a concise yet comprehensive state-of-the art review of common stomach and small intestine disorders. The casebook is divided into five parts, each of which focuses on a major disorder, symptom, or clinical scenario related to the stomach and small intestine, including dyspepsia, small bowel disorders, nausea and vomiting, chronic abdominal pain, and post-operative GI surgery challenges. Each part is comprised of cases illustrating different aspects of the subject, with each case containing sections on case presentation, objectives, epidemiology and etiology, diagnostic evaluation and treatment, case follow-up, clinical pearls, and Q&A. Some major topics presented in these cases include nausea and vomiting in the pregnant patient, gas-bloat, functional abdominal pain, post-GI surgery complications, and celiac disease and non-celiac gluten sensitivity. Written by internationally renowned experts in the field, Essential Medical Disorders of the Stomach and Small Intestine: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with disorders of the stomach and small intestine.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Nausea and Vomiting
    Chapter 1: Approach to Nausea and Vomiting
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Etiology
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Clinical Case Study Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 2: Gastroparesis
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Symptom Management
    Prokinetics
    Prokinetics in Development
    Pyloric Interventions
    Gastric Electrical Stimulation
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 3: Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy and Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
    Case Study 1
    Case Study 2
    Objectives
    Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy
    Epidemiology
    Etiology/Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    First-Line Therapy
    Second-Line Treatment
    Third-Line Treatment
    Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Etiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptor Antagonists
    Corticosteroids
    Anticholinergics
    Neurokinin-1 Receptor Antagonists
    Dopamine Receptor Antagonists
    Antihistamines
    Other PONV Treatment Options
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test Questions
    References
    Essential Reading List
    Chapter 4: Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome and Cannabinoid Hyperemesis Syndrome
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology/Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 5: Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Classification
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Neuropathies
    Intestinal Myopathies
    Mesenchymopathies
    Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Nutrition Assessment
    Oral Diet
    Enteral Nutrition Considerations
    Parenteral Nutrition Considerations
    Medications and Other Therapies
    Fecal Transplant
    GI Decompression
    Small Intestinal Transplantation
    Case Study Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Part II: Dyspepsia and Other Disorders of Neuromuscular Function
    Chapter 6: A Diagnostic Approach to Dyspepsia
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 7: Helicobacter pylori and Related Diseases
    Case
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 8: Functional Dyspepsia
    Case
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Helicobacter Pylori
    Acid Suppression
    Antidepressants
    Prokinetics
    Further Options
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 9: Rumination Syndrome
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Allan Siegel, PhD, Professor Emeritus Department of Neurology and Neurosciences Department of Psychiatry, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey, Hreday N. Sapru, PhD, Professor Department of Neurological Surgery Department of Neurology and Neurosciences, Department of Pharmacology and Physiology, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey ; case histories written by Heidi E. Siegel, MD.
    Summary: "There has been a dramatic explosion of information in the field of neuroscience over the last few decades. This explosion of information has presented a great challenge to those of us who teach neuroscience in terms of synthesizing a coherent approach in which the diverse topics encompassed by neuroscience can be taught in a lucid and effective manner. We met this challenge by designing Essential Neuroscience, a book that considers all of the basic neuroscience topics to allow the students to focus on the essential concepts and facts intrinsic to any given topic without overwhelming them with distracting or confusing extraneous information"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: SECTION I Gross Anatomy of the Brain
    1. Overview of the Central Nervous System
    2. Development of the Nervous System
    3. Meninges and Cerebrospinal Fluid
    SECTION II The Neuron
    4. Histology of the Nervous System
    5. Electrophysiology of Neurons
    6. Synaptic Transmission
    7. Neurotransmitters
    SECTION III Organization of the Central Nervous System
    8. The Spinal Cord
    9. Brainstem I: The Medulla
    10. Brainstem II: Pons and Cerebellum
    11. Brainstem III: The Midbrain
    12. The Forebrain
    13. The Cranial Nerves
    SECTION IV Sensory Systems
    14. Somatosensory System
    15. Visual System
    16. Auditory and Vestibular Systems
    17. Olfaction and Taste
    SECTION V Motor Systems
    18. The Upper Motor Neurons
    19. The Basal Ganglia
    20. The Cerebellum
    SECTION VI Integrative Systems
    21. The Autonomic Nervous System
    22. The Reticular Formation
    23. The Hypothalamus
    24. The Limbic System. Contents note continued: 25. The Thalamus and Cerebral Cortex
    26. Blood Supply of the Central Nervous System
    27. Vascular Syndromes
    28. Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders.
  • Digital
    Allan Siegel, Hreday N. Sapru ; case histories written by Heidi E. Siegel.
    Contents:
    I: Gross anatomy of the brainp
    Overview of the central nervous systemp
    Development of the nervous systemp
    Meninges and cerebrospinal fluid
    II: The neuronp
    Histology of the nervous system
    Electrophysiology of neurons
    Synaptic transmission
    Neurotransmitters
    III: Organization of the central nervous system
    The spinal cord
    Brainstem I: the medulla
    Brainstem II: pons and cerebellum
    Brainstem III: the midbrain
    The forebrain
    The cranial nerves
    IV: Sensory systems
    Somatosensory system
    Visual system
    Auditory and vestibular systems
    Olfaction and taste
    V: Motor systems
    The upper motor neurons
    The basal ganglia
    The cerebellum
    VI: Integrative systems
    The autonomic nervous system
    The reticular formation
    The hypothalamus
    The limbic system
    The thalamus and cerebral cortex
    Blood supply of the central nervous system
    Vascular syndromes
    Behavioral and psychiatric disorders.
  • Digital
    edited by Enrique Collantes Celador, Jan Rudiger, Alifia Tameem
    Summary: This is the ideal companion for postgraduate pain medicine exams and a comprehensive guide to acute, chronic, and cancer pain management for practising doctors, pain nurses, and allied health professionals
    Digital Access Oxford 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Ian Symonds, Sir Sabaratnam Arulkumaran.
    Contents:
    -- Preface
    1. Anatomy of the female pelvis
    2. Conception and implantation
    3. Physiological changes in pregnancy
    4. Placental and fetal growth and development
    5. Perinatal and maternal mortality
    6. History taking and examination in obstetrics
    7. Normal pregnancy and antenatal care
    8. Obstetric disorders
    9. Maternal medicine
    10. Congenital abnormalities and assessment of fetal wellbeing
    11. Management of labour
    12. Management of delivery
    13. Postpartum and early neonatal care
    14. Mental health and childbirth
    15. Basic clinical skills in gynaecology
    16. Gynaecological disorders
    17. Infertility
    18. Early pregnancy care
    19. Sexual and reproductive health
    20. Gynaecological oncology
    21. Prolapse and disorders of the urinary tract
    Principles of perioperative care
    Governance, audit and research
    Medicolegal aspects of obstetrics and gynaecology
    OSCE stations: Questions
    OSCE stations: Answers
    Self-assessment: Questions
    Self-assessment: Answers --
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Sonia Malik, editor.
    Summary: This book highlights the advances in essential oil research, from the plant physiology perspective to large-scale production, including bioanalytical methods and industrial applications. The book is divided into 4 sections. The first one is focused on essential oil composition and why plants produce these compounds that have been used by humans since ancient times. Part 2 presents an update on the use of essential oils in various areas, including food and pharma industries as well as agriculture. In part 3 readers will find new trends in bioanalytical methods. Lastly, part 4 presents a number of approaches to increase essential oil production, such as in vitro and hairy root culture, metabolic engineering and biotechnology. Altogether, this volume offers a comprehensive look at what researchers have been doing over the last years to better understand these compounds and how to explore them for the benefit of the society.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Essential Oils Composition and Why Plants Produce Them;
    Chapter 1: Essential Oils; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Essential Oils; 1.3 Sources of Essential Oils; 1.4 Chemistry of Essential Oils; 1.4.1 Hydrocarbon; 1.4.2 Terpenes; 1.4.3 Alcohols; 1.4.4 Aldehydes; 1.4.5 Acids; 1.4.6 Esters; 1.4.7 Ketones; 1.4.8 Lactones; 1.5 Methods of Extracting Essential Oils; 1.5.1 Maceration; 1.5.2 Cold Pressing; 1.5.3 Solvent Extraction; 1.5.4 Enfleurage; 1.5.5 Hydrodistillation; 1.5.6 CO2 and Supercritical CO2 Extraction 1.5.7 Turbo Distillation Extraction1.5.8 Steam Distillation; 1.6 Analysis of Essential Oils; 1.6.1 Classical Analytical Techniques; 1.6.2 Modern Analytical Techniques; 1.7 Biological Activities of Essential Oils; 1.7.1 Antibacterial Activity; 1.7.2 Antioxidant Activity; 1.7.3 Anti-Inflammatory Activity; 1.7.4 Cancer Chemoprotective Activity; 1.7.5 Cytotoxicity; 1.7.6 Allelopathic Activity; 1.7.7 Repellent and Insecticidal Activity; 1.8 Applications of Essential Oils; 1.8.1 Pharmacology and Medicinal Uses; 1.8.2 Uses in Veterinary Medicine; 1.8.3 Aromatherapy; 1.8.4 Agricultural Uses 1.8.5 Industrial Uses1.9 Essential Oil and Health Fitness; 1.10 Risks and Dangers of Essential Oils; References;
    Chapter 2: Factors Influencing the Production and Chemical Composition of Essential Oils in Aromatic Plants from Brazil; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Medicinal and Aromatic Plants; 2.3 Essential Oils: Methods of Extraction and Identification; 2.4 Influence of Genetic, Epigenetic, Abiotic, and Biotic Factors on the Production and Chemical Composition of Essential Oils; 2.4.1 Genetic Diversity; 2.4.2 Mineral Nutrition; 2.4.2.1 Biosolids and Plant Growth 2.4.3 Water Stress and Aromatic Species2.4.4 Allelopathy and Aromatic Species; 2.4.5 Seasonality and Edaphoclimatic Factors; 2.5 Biological Activity of the Essential Oil and Isolated Substances; 2.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Hedychium Essential Oils: Composition and Uses; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Chemical Constituents of Hedychium Essential Oils; 3.3 Antimicrobial Activities; 3.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: The Essential Oils of the Burseraceae; 4.1 Introduction: Overview of the Burseraceae; 4.2 Tribe Bursereae; 4.2.1 The Genus Bursera; 4.2.2 The Genus Boswellia 4.2.2.1 Traditional Uses of Boswellia4.2.2.2 Ecology of Boswellia; 4.2.2.3 Chemical Ecology of Boswellia; 4.2.3 The Genus Commiphora; 4.2.3.1 Traditional Uses of Commiphora; 4.2.4 The Genus Aucoumea; 4.3 Tribe Canarieae; 4.3.1 The Genus Canarium; 4.3.2 The Genus Dacryodes; 4.3.3 The Genus Santiria; 4.3.4 The Genus Trattinnickia; 4.4 Tribe Protieae; 4.4.1 The Genus Protium; 4.5 Summary and Conclusions; References; Part II: Uses of Essential Oils in Various Industries;
    Chapter 5: Essential Oil of Betel Leaf (Piper betle L.): A Novel Addition to the World Food Sector; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Origin, Taxonomy, and Nomenclature of Betel Leaf (Piper betle L.).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert Tisserand, Rodney Young ; foreword by Elizabeth M Williamson.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Essential oil composition
    Toxicity
    Kinetics and dosing
    The skin
    The respiratory system
    The cardiovascular system
    The urinary system
    The digestive system
    The nervous system
    The reproductive system
    Cancer and the immune system
    Essential oil profiles
    Constituent profiles
    General safety guidelines.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark D. Miller, Jennifer A. Hart, John M. MacKnight.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Adam E.M. Eltorai, Craig P. Eberson, Alan H. Daniels, editors.
    Summary: Utilizing a rapid-fire, two-column question and answer format, this is an ideal on-the-spot resource for senior medical students covering a wide range of both general and subspecialty orthopedic topics: anatomy, physiology, presentation and history, pathophysiology, differential diagnosis, physical examination, radiological evaluation, operative and non-operative treatment techniques, surgical complications, rehabilitation and more. With hundreds of high-yield questions and answer items, this quick reference covers orthopedic basics before moving on to detailed sections on the upper and lower extremity, axial skeleton, pediatric orthopedics, and systemic conditions. The straightforward Q & A format allows for either self-testing or quizzing with partners, whether practicing for a board review or studying up in one's spare time. While it can be read cover to cover for a general foundation of knowledge, it can also be referred to selectively before starting a new rotation or seeing a patient with a subspecialty attending. Useful as a companion text to Orthopedic Surgery Clerkship and Orthopedic Surgery Rotation, Essential Orthopedic Review is a handy, pocket-sized resource and review guide that can be used by senior medical students, nursing and PT students, primary care providers, and junior residents in orthopedics and sports medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ashlee D. Brunaugh, Hugh D.C. Smyth, Robert O. Williams III.
    Summary: Particularly in healthcare fields, there is growing movement away from traditional lecture style course towards active learning and team-based activities to improve learning and build higher level thinking through application of complex problems with a strong foundation of facts and data. Essential Pharmaceutics is suited to this modern teaching style, and is the first book of its kind to provide the resources and skills needed for successful implementation of an active learning pharmaceutics course. This text offers a format that is specifically suited for integration in an active learning, team-based classroom setting. It is ideal for self-learning for the beginning pharmaceutics student, based upon the extensive utilization of figures, tables, and its overview of essential topics in pharmaceutics. Also unique to this text is the integration of case studies based upon modern pharmaceutical products which are designed to reinforce importance pharmaceutical concepts and teach essential skills in literature review and patent searching. Case studies covering all topics covered in the text have been developed by the authors that allow application of the content in the flipped-classroom pharmaceutical course.

    Contents:
    Preface: Designing a Flipped-Classroom Pharmaceutics Course
    Guide to Patent and Literature Searching in Pharmaceutics
    Preformulation
    Capsules and Tablets
    Modified Release Solid Oral Dosage Forms
    Solution-Based Dosage Forms and Sterile Products
    Suspensions
    Emulsions
    Ophthalmic Delivery
    Nasal Dosage Forms
    Topical and Transdermal Dosage Forms
    Suppositories and Inserts
    Pulmonary Drug Delivery
    Regulations in Drug Product Development.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [authors], Jerrold T. Bushberg, J. Anthony Seibert, Edwin M. Leidholdt Jr., John M. Boone ; [contributors, Craig K. Abbey, PhD [and ten others]].
    Summary: The basic science important to nuclear imaging, including the nature and production of radioactivity, internal dosimetry and radiation detection and measurement, are presented clearly and concisely. Current concepts in the fields of radiation biology and radiation protection relevant to medical imaging, and a number of helpful appendices complete this comprehensive textbook. The text is enhanced by numerous full color charts, tables, images and superb illustrations that reinforce central concepts. The book is ideal for medical imaging professionals, and teachers and students in medical physics and biomedical engineering. Radiology residents will find this text especially useful in bolstering their understanding of imaging physics and related topics prior to board exams."--Pub. desc.

    Contents:
    Section I. Basic concepts
    II. Diagnostic radiology
    Section III. Nuclear medicine
    Section IV. Radiation biology and protection
    Section V. Appendices.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    edited by Joseph W. Shega, Miguel A. Paniagua.
    Contents:
    Unipac 1. Medical care of people with serious illness / Ruth M. Thomson, Chirag Rajni Patel, Kate M. Lally.
    Unipac 2. Psychiatric, psychological, and spiritual care / Scott A. Irwin, Nathan Fairman, Jeremy M. Hirst, Janine D. Siegel, Lori Montross-Thomas.
    Unipac 3. Pain assessment and management / Mellar P. Davis, Shallni Dalal, Harold Goforth, Mary Lynn McPherson, Eric Roeland, Paul A. Sloan
    Unipac 4. Nonpain symptom management / Jennifer M. Kapo, Catherine Adams, Ryan M. Giddings-Connolly, Felicia Hui, Andrew T. Putnam, Rebecca Sands, Aleksander Shalshin.
    Unipac 5. Communication and teamwork / Lara Michal Skarf, Katie H. Stowers, Andrew Thurston
    Unipac 6. Ethical and legal practice / Elizabeth K. Vig, Christina L. Bell, Judith C. Ahronheim, Caroline A. Vitale.
    Unipac 7. Pediatric palliative care and hospice / Meaghann Weaver, Brian Carter, Patricia Keefer, David N. Korones, Elissa G. Miller. Unipac 8. COPD, heart failure, and renal disease / Vincent Jay Vanston, Grace Brooke Huffman, Nina O'Connor, Niharlka Ganta.
    Unipac 9. HIV, dementia, and neurological conditions / Christopher M. Blais, Jennifer Gabbard, Sonia Malhotra, Susan E. Nelson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R726.8 .R435 2017
    9
  • Digital
    Theresa M. Campo, Keith A. Lafferty, editors ; Thomas G. Costantino, Jr., Jacob W. Ufberg, Jennifer Wilbeck, associate editors.
    Summary: "This text is a user-friendly guide to performing 77 clinical procedures, ranging from those commonly performed to those infrequently called upon when minutes count in emergency, urgent, and primary care settings. This heavily updated third edition includes current and comprehensive text, graphic, and video instruction on the use of bedside ultrasound for procedural guidance in order to increase procedural accuracy and mitigate complications. Edited and written by academically accomplished physicians, physician assistants, and nurse practitioners, an interprofessional approach to the performance of procedures is highlighted throughout the book. Procedures are consistently formatted and presented in clear language with step-by-step detail organized by system-specific categories for easy access to information. Each procedure includes background considerations, indications & contraindications for performing the procedure, technique for safe and correct performance, special considerations, complications, post-procedure considerations, and patient education points. Original photos, videos, high quality sonographic footage, line drawings, and tables reinforce the guidelines and procedures. Abundant "Clinical Pearls" throughout the manuscript offer practical applications of key information representing years of clinical technical experience. Extensive references at the end of each chapter further enhance the book's utility"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Evan A. Rieder, Richard G. Fried.
    Contents:
    Stress, Skin, & Beauty : The Basic Science Base / Mary D. Sun and Evan A. Rieder
    The Science and Psychology of Beauty / Vanessa Cutler
    The Use of Cosmetic Products / Zoe Diana Draelos
    An Approach to Cosmeceuticals / Emily C. Milam and Evan A. Rieder
    Aesthetic Assessment & Theories of Beauty / Michael Abrouk, Leslie Harris, and Jill S. Waibel
    The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
    The Female Patient / Eagan Zettlemoyer and Noelle S. Sherber
    The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
    The Male Patient / Kalee Shah, Nathaniel Lampley III, Anthony Rossi
    The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
    The Transgender Patient / Brian Ginsberg
    Aesthetic Interventions and the Perception of the Self : Quality of Life and Patient Reported Outcomes / Danielle Weitzer and Rick Fried
    Aesthetic Interventions and the Perception of Others : Observer Reported Outcomes / Payal Shah and Evan A. Rieder
    Botulinum Toxins: Beauty, Psychology, & Mood in the Cosmetic Patient / Catherine Pisano, Jason Reichenberg, Michele Magid
    Boundaries / Evan A. Rieder and Jacob Sacks
    Difficult Personalities and Personality Disorders in the Cosmetic Clinic / Mio Nakamura and John Koo
    Normative Discontent and Social Dysmorphia in the Cosmetic Patient / Susruthi Rajanala and Neelam Vashi
    Obsessive Compulsive Disorder & Body Dysmorphic Disorder in the Cosmetic Patient / Mary D. Sun and Evan A. Rieder
    Protecting Your Patients : When Enough Is Enough
    Saying No and Satisfying the Dissatisfied Patient / Jacqueline Watchmaker, Prasanthi Kandula, and Michael S. Kaminer
    Protecting Yourself : Legal Issues in Aesthetic Medicine
    Informed Consent, Discharge, & Lawsuits / Brian P. Hibler and Matthew M. Avram
    Psychological Tools to Assist your Practice : Progressive Muscle Relaxation, Deep Abdominal Breathing, Mindfulness, & Guided Imagery / Nicholas Brownstone, Bridget Myers, and Josie Howard
    Hypnotic Techniques for the Aesthetic Practitioner / Philip D. Shenefelt
    Acceptance & Commitment Therapy in the Aesthetic Setting / Vanessa Cutler
    Behavioral Modification for Acne Excoriee & Skin Picking / Karen M. Ong, Mary Sun, and Evan A. Rieder
    Motivational Interviewing for Identification & Triage of the Cosmetic Addict / Rick Fried and Evan A. Rieder
    Beauty through the Life Continuum / Doris Day.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Richard B. Gunderman.
    Contents:
    Introduction to radiology
    The circulatory system: the heart and great vessels
    The respiratory system
    The digestive system
    The urinary tract
    The acute abdomen
    The reproductive system
    The musculoskeletal system
    Neuroimaging
    Pediatric radiology.
  • Digital
    Adam E. M. Eltorai, Charles H. Hyman, Terrance T. Healey, editors.
    Summary: The book is an on-the-spot reference for residents and medical students seeking diagnostic radiology fast facts. Its question-and-answer format makes it a perfect quick-reference for personal review and studying for board examinations and re-certification. Readers can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon through practice or can use choice chapters to review a specific subspecialty before starting a new rotation or joining a new service. With hundreds of high-yield questions and answer items, this resource addresses both general and subspecialty topics and provides accurate, on-the-spot answers. Sections are organized by subspecialty and body area, including chest, abdomen, and trauma, and chapters cover the anatomy, pathophysiology, differential diagnosis, hallmark signs, and image features of major diseases and conditions. Key example images and illustrations enhance the text throughout and provide an ideal, pocket-sized resource for residents and medical students. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    SECTION I: Imaging Modalities
    Radiography
    Computed Tomography
    Ultrasonography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Fluoroscopy
    Nuclear Medicine
    SECTION II: Chest
    Technical adequacy of chest radiograph
    The Normal Frontal Chest Radiograph
    Normal Pulmonary Vasculature
    The Normal Lateral Chest Radiograph
    Normal CT Anatomy of the Chest
    Normal CT Anatomy of the Lungs
    The Fissures
    Classifying Parenchymal Lung Disease
    Characteristics of Airspace Disease
    Some Causes of Airspace Disease
    Characteristics of Interstitial Lung Disease
    Some Causes of Interstitial Lung Disease
    Atelectasis of the Entire Lung
    Massive Pleural Effusion
    Pneumonia of an Entire Lung
    Post-pneumonectomy
    What is Atelectasis?
    Types of Atelectasis
    Patterns of Collapse in Lobar Atelectasis
    How Atelectasis Resolves
    Normal Anatomy and Physiology of the Pleural Space
    Modalities for Detecting Pleural Effusions
    ^Causes of Pleural Effusions
    Types of Pleural Effusions
    Side-Specificity of Pleural Effusions
    General Characteristics of Pneumonia
    Patterns of Pneumonia
    Lobar Pneumonia
    Segmental Pneumonia (Bronchopneumonia)
    Interstitial Pneumonia
    Round Pneumonia
    Cavitary Pneumonia
    Aspiration
    Localizing Pneumonia
    How Pneumonia Resolves
    Pneumothorax
    Pneumomediastinum
    Pneumopericardium
    Subcutaneous Emphysema
    Endotracheal and Tracheostomy Tubes
    Intravascular Catheters
    Cardiac Devices
    Pacemaker, AICD, IABP
    GI Tubes and Lines
    Nasogastric Tubes, Feeding Tubes
    Esophagus
    Mediastinal Masses
    Anterior Mediastinum
    Middle Mediastinal Masses
    Posterior Mediastinal Masses
    Solitary Nodule/Mass in the Lung
    Bronchogenic Carcinoma
    Metastatic Neoplasms in the Lung
    Pulmonary Thromboembolic Disease
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Blebs and Bullae, Cysts and Cavities
    Bronchiectasis
    Normal Cardiac CT Anatomy
    ^Uses of Cardiac CT
    Cardiac MRI
    Enlarged Cardiac Silhouette
    Pericardial Effusion
    Extra-cardiac Causes of Apparent Cardiac Enlargement
    Identifying Cardiac Enlargement on an AP Chest Radiograph
    Cardiomegaly on the Lateral Chest Radiograph
    Non-cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
    General Considerations
    Non-cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
    Imaging Findings
    Differentiating Cardiac from Non-cardiac Pulmonary Edema
    Hypertensive Cardiovascular Disease
    Mitral Stenosis
    Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Aortic Stenosis
    Cardiomyopathy
    Aortic Aneurysms
    General Considerations
    Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm
    Thoracic Aortic Dissection
    Coronary Artery Disease
    SECTION III: Abdomen
    Conventional Radiography
    What to Look For
    Normal Bowel Gas Pattern
    Normal Fluid Levels
    Differentiating Large from Small Bowel
    Acute Abdominal Series: the Views and What They Show
    Calcifications
    Organomegaly
    Abdominal CT: General Considerations
    ^Abnormal Gas Patterns
    Laws of the Gut
    Functional Ileus: Localized Sentinel Loops
    Functional Ileus: Generalized Adynamic Ileus
    Mechanical Obstruction: Small Bowel Obstruction
    Mechanical Obstruction: Large Bowel Obstruction (LBO)
    Volvulus of the Colon
    Intestinal Pseudo-obstruction (Ogilvie Syndrome)
    Signs of Free Intraperitoneal Air
    Air Beneath the Diaphragm
    Visualization of Both Sides of the Bowel Wall
    Visualization of the Falciform Ligament
    Causes of Free Air
    Signs of Extra-peritoneal Air (Retroperitoneal Air)
    Causes of Extra-peritoneal Air
    Signs of Air in the Bowel Wall
    Causes and Significance of Air in the Bowel Wall
    Signs of Air in the Biliary System
    Causes of Air in the Biliary System
    Stomach and Duodenum
    Duodenal Ulcer
    Small and Large Bowel
    Large Bowel
    Pancreas
    Hepatobiliary Abnormalities
    Space-Occupying Lesions of the Liver
    Biliary System
    Urinary Tract
    Pelvis
    Urinary Bladder
    Adenopathy
    ^SECTION IV: Calcifications
    Patterns of Calcification
    Rim-like Calcification
    Linear or Track-like Calcification
    Lamellar or Laminar Calcification
    Cloudlike, Amorphous, or Popcorn Calcification
    Location of Calcification
    SECTION V: Trauma
    Chest Trauma
    Rib Fractures
    Pulmonary Contusions
    Pulmonary Lacerations (Hematoma or Traumatic Pneumatocele)
    Aortic Trauma
    Abdominal Trauma
    Pelvic Trauma
    SECTION VI: Musculoskeletal
    Abnormalities of Bone Density
    Normal Bone Anatomy
    The Effect of Bone Physiology on Bone Anatomy
    Generalized Increase in Bone Density
    Focal Increase in Bone Density
    Generalized Decrease in Bone Density
    Focal Decrease in Bone Density
    Pathologic Fractures
    Acute Fracture
    Dislocations and Subluxations
    How Fractures are Described
    by the Number of Fracture Fragments
    How Fractures are Described
    by the Direction of the Fracture Line
    ^How Fractures are Described
    by the Relationship of One Fracture Fragment to Another
    How Fractures are Described
    by the Relationship of the Fracture to the Atmosphere
    Avulsion Fractures
    Stress Fractures
    Common Fracture Eponyms
    Some Easily Missed Fractures or Dislocations
    Fracture Healing
    Anatomy of a Joint
    Classification of Arthritis
    Hypertrophic Arthritis
    Erosive Arthritis
    Infectious Arthritis
    SECTION VII: Neuro
    The Normal Spine
    Back Pain
    Malignancy Involving the Spine
    MRI in Metastatic Spine Disease
    Spinal Trauma
    Normal Brain Anatomy
    MRI and the Brain
    Head Trauma
    Intracranial Hemorrhage
    Diffuse Axonal Injury
    Increased Intracranial Pressure
    Stroke
    Ruptured Aneurysms
    Hydrocephalus
    Cerebral Atrophy
    Brain Tumors
    Other Diseases
    Neuroimaging Terminology
    SECTION VIII: Pediatrics
    Newborn Respiratory Distress
    Childhood Lung Disease
    Soft Tissues of the Neck
    Ingested Foreign Bodies
    ^Other Diseases
    SECTION IX: Ultrasonography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    How US Works
    Doppler Ultrasonography
    Adverse Effects or Safety Issues
    Medical Uses of Ultrasonography
    How Magnetic Resonance Imaging Works
    Hardware That Makes Up an MRI Scanner
    What Happens Once Scanning Begins
    How Can You Identify a T1-Weighted or T2-Weighted Image?
    MRI Contrast Agents: General Considerations
    MRI Safety Issues
    Diagnostic Applications of MRI .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shanthi Paramothayan.
    Contents:
    Introduction to respiratory medicine
    Embryology, anatomy and physiology of the lung
    Drug and pharmacology of the lung
    Common respiratory investigations
    Common respiratory presentations
    Obstructive airways disease
    Diffuse parenchymal lung disease
    Respiratory infections
    Lung cancer
    Pleural disease
    Vasculitides
    Suppurative lung disease
    Respiratory failure
    Sleep disorders
    Occupational, environmental and recreational lung disease
    Disorders of the mediastinum
    Acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome.
  • Digital
    Rajesh R. Tampi, Deena J. Tampi, Juan J. Young, Meera Balasubramaniam, Pallavi Joshi, editors.
    Summary: This book critically reviews 75 important published papers that influence the practice of geriatric psychiatry. This book will assist anyone who is interested in the care of older adults with psychiatric disorders. It was written by thought leaders who shape the way geriatric psychiatry is currently practiced in the United States. All the major psychiatric disorders in later life are covered including anxiety disorders, bipolar disorders, depressive disorders, neurocognitive disorders, psychotic disorders, sleep disorders, and substance use disorders. It also reviews important studies on suicides in late life and interventional procedures in geriatric psychiatry like the ECT, and also evaluates the adverse effects of psychotropic medications on older adults with psychiatric disorders. The editors of the book along with input from members of the teaching and training committee of the American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry (AAGP) have chosen 75 published papers from the field of geriatric psychiatry that they believe provides the highest knowledge-yield/impact for practicing clinicians and educators in the field of geriatric mental health. The AAGP is a national association that represents and serves its members and the field of geriatric psychiatry. These 75 papers are critically appraised by the members of AAGP using a standardized format and a summary of these papers and their practical application is provided by these experts. This information can be used by anyone who wants to learn about the field of geriatric psychiatry.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Adverse effects of medications
    Do atypical antipsychotics cause stroke?
    Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials
    Meta-analysis of the Impact of 9 Medication Classes on Falls in Elderly Persons
    The efficacy and safety of atypical antipsychotics for the treatment of dementia: a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials
    Do antipsychotics lead to cognitive impairment in dementia? A meta-analysis of randomised placebo-controlled trials
    A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of the Risk of Dementia Associated with Benzodiazepine Use, After Controlling for Protopathic Bias
    Section 2: Anxiety Disorders
    Treatment of panic disorder in older adults: a pilot study comparison of alprazolam, imipramine, and placebo
    Efficacy and tolerability of citalopram in the treatment of late-life anxiety disorders: results from an 8-week randomized, placebo-controlled trial
    Efficacy and tolerability of duloxetine in elderly patients with generalized anxiety disorder: a pooled analysis of four randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies
    Escitalopram for older adults with generalized anxiety disorder: a randomized controlled trial
    Meta-analysis Comparing Different Behavioral Treatments for Late-Life Anxiety
    Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Generalized Anxiety Disorder Among Older Adults in Primary Care: A Randomized Clinical Trial
    Stepped-care prevention of anxiety and depression in late life: a randomized controlled trial
    A randomized controlled study of paroxetine and cognitive-behavioural therapy for late-life panic disorder
    Antidepressant medication augmented with cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults
    A meta-analysis of cognitive functioning in older adults with PTSD
    Anxiety as a Predictor for Cognitive Decline and Dementia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Section 3: Bipolar Disorder
    A Pilot Study of Standardized Treatment in Geriatric Bipolar Disorder
    Differences in clinical features and mental health service use in bipolar disorder across the lifespan
    Effect of antidepressant use on admissions to hospital among elderly bipolar patients
    GERI-BD: A Randomized Double-Blind Controlled Trial of Lithium and Divalproex in the Treatment of Mania in Older Patients With Bipolar Disorder
    History of Bipolar disorder and the risk of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis
    Section 4. Delirium
    A Multicomponent Intervention to Prevent Delirium in Hospitalized Older Patients
    Delirium in elderly patients and the risk of post discharge mortality, institutionalization, and dementia: a meta-analysis
    Effectiveness of multicomponent nonpharmacological delirium interventions: a meta-analysis
    Antipsychotic Medication for Prevention and Treatment of Delirium in Hospitalized Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Interventions for preventing delirium in older people in institutional long‐term care
    Section 5: Depressive Disorders
    Nortriptyline and Interpersonal Psychotherapy as Maintenance Therapies for Recurrent Major Depression. A Randomized Controlled Trial in Patients Older Than 59 Years
    Continuation treatment of delusional depression in older adults
    Reducing suicidal ideation and depressive symptoms in depressed older primary care patients: a randomized controlled trial
    Remission in Depressed Geriatric Primary Care Patients: A Report from the PROSPECT Study
    Executive dysfunction and the course of geriatric depression
    Maintenance Treatment of Major Depression in Old Age
    Placebo-Controlled Study of Relapse Prevention With Risperidone Augmentation in Older Patients with Resistant Depression
    Efficacy of Second-Generation Antidepressants in Late-Life Depression: A Meta-Analysis of the Evidence
    A double-blind randomized controlled trial of olanzapine plus sertraline vs olanzapine plus placebo for psychotic depression: the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD)
    Speed of remission in elderly patients with depression: electroconvulsive therapy v. medication
    A systematic review and meta-analysis of psychotherapy for late-life depression
    A novel strategy for continuation ECT in geriatric depression: phase 2 of the PRIDE Study
    Right Unilateral Ultrabrief Pulse ECT in Geriatric Depression: Phase 1 of the PRIDE Study
    Improvement in Depression is Associated with Improvement in Cognition in Late-Life Psychotic Depression
    Section 6: Electroconvulsive Therapy
    Continuation/Maintenance Treatment with Nortriptyline Versus Combined Nortriptyline and ECT in Late-Life Psychotic Depression: A Two-Year Randomized Study
    Safety and utility of acute electroconvulsive therapy for agitation and aggression in dementia
    Electroconvulsive therapy and risk of dementia in patients with affective disorders: a cohort study
    Electroconvulsive Therapy and Risk of Dementia-A Nationwide Cohort Study in Taiwan
    Section 7: Grief
    Treatment of complicated grief in elderly persons: a randomized clinical trial
    Section 8: Pain Disorders
    Association Between Psychological Interventions and Chronic Pain Outcomes in Older Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Section 9: Psychotic Disorders
    A Randomized, Controlled Trial of Cognitive Behavioral Social Skills Training for Middle-Aged and Older Outpatients with Chronic Schizophrenia
    Safety and tolerability of oral paliperidone extended-release tablets in elderly patients with schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study with six-month open-label extension
    Antipsychotic treatment for elderly people with late-onset schizophrenia
    Schizophrenia and risk of dementia: A meta-analysis study
    Antipsychotic treatment of very late-onset schizophrenia-like psychosis (ATLAS): a randomised, controlled, double-blind trial
    Section 10: Neurocognitive Disorders
    Efficacy and safety of cholinesterase inhibitors in Alzheimer's disease: a meta-analysis
    Depression and risk for Alzheimer disease: Systematic review, Meta-analysis, and Metaregression analysis
    Effectiveness of atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with Alzheimer's disease
    Predictors of progression from mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer disease
    Efficacy and safety of cognitive enhancers for patients with mild cognitive impairment: a systematic review and meta-analysis
    Personality and risk of Alzheimer's disease: New data and meta-analysis
    Modifiable predictors of dementia in mild cognitive impairment: a systematic review and meta-analysis
    Pharmacological Management of Lewy Body Dementia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Meta-analysis of modifiable risk factors for Alzheimer's disease
    Memantine for Alzheimer's Disease: An Updated Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
    Update on the Risk of Motor Vehicle Collision or Driving Impairment with Dementia: A Collaborative International Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Pharmacological interventions for apathy in Alzheimer's disease
    Section 11: Sleep Disorders
    Behavioral and Pharmacological Therapies for Late-Life Insomnia: A Randomized Controlled Trial
    Cognitive behavioral therapy vs zopiclone for treatment of chronic primary insomnia in older adults: a randomized controlled trial
    Suvorexant in Elderly Patients with Insomnia: Pooled Analyses of Data from Phase III Randomized Controlled Clinical Trials
    Cognitive behavior therapy for older adults with insomnia and depression: a randomized controlled trial in community mental health services
    Section 12: Suicides
    Medical Illness and the Risk of Suicide in the Elderly
    The Risk of Suicide with Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors in the Elderly
    Section 13: Substance Use Disorders
    Naltrexone as an Adjunctive Treatment for Older Patients with Alcohol Dependence
    Older adult patients with both Psychiatric and Substance abuse disorders: Prevalence and Health service use
    Five-year alcohol and drug treatment outcomes of older adults versus middle-aged and younger adults in a managed care program
    Treatment of Late-Life Depression Complicated by Alcohol Dependence
    Screening and Brief Intervention for Substance Misuse Among Older Adults: The Florida BRITE Project.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Benjamin A. Abramoff, Jing Wang, Christine Krull, editors.
    Summary: This text serves as a high-yield review of spinal cord injury medicine in a multiple choice question-based format. The content covered reflects key topics relevant to clinical practice and subspecialty certification through the American Board of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (ABPMR) Spinal Cord Injury (SCI) Medicine examination. The 22 chapters are arranged topically to address the full scope of information relevant to the field of spinal cord injury medicine. Included with each question is a corresponding in-depth explanation, as well as pertinent references to supporting literature. The questions and educational explanations are written by leading experts in the field of spinal cord injury medicine and are designed to be board-relevant in both content and style. This question bank should be of use to anyone wishing to test and expand their knowledge of spinal cord injury medicine, including therapists, medical students, residents, fellows, and attending physicians of any specialty.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology, Risk Factors and Prevention of Spinal Cord Injury
    Anatomy, Physiology and Imaging of the Spinal Cord
    Assessment, Classification and Prognosis in Spinal Cord Injuries
    Acute Evaluation and Management of Spinal Cord Injuries
    Cardiovascular Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
    Pulmonary changes After Spinal Cord Injury
    Gastrointestinal Disorders in Spinal Cord Injury
    Genitourinary Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
    Sexuality and Reproductive Health after Spinal Cord Injury
    Musculoskeletal Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
    Neurological Complications of Spinal Cord Injury
    Pressure Injuries
    Pain and Spinal Cord Injury
    Nutrition, Endocrine, and Immune Function
    Psychological Disorders for Individuals with Spinal Cord Injuries
    Rehabilitation of Spinal Cord Injuries
    Non-Traumatic Spinal Cord Injury
    Pediatric Spinal Cord Injury
    System Based Practice and Ethical Considerations Related to Spinal Cord Injuries
    Community Living with Spinal Cord Injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Roger Härtl, Rodrigo Navarro-Ramirez.
    Summary: The ultimate resource for learning and mastering minimally invasive spine surgery techniques An estimated 1.5 million instrumented spinal procedures are performed every year in the US. The majority of decompressions and about 50% of fusion procedures can be performed completely or partially using minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS) techniques. The full potential of MISS techniques has yet to be realized. Essential Step-by-Step Techniques for Minimally I.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Clive R. G. Quick, Suzanne M. Biers, Tan H. A. Arulampalam ; illustrated by Philip J. Deakin ; foreword by Conor P. Delaney.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    senior consulting editor, Jose M. Velasco ; consulting editors, Rana Ballo, Keith Hood, Jennifer Jolley, Daniel Rinewalt, Benjamin Veenstra.
    Contents:
    Exploratory laparotomy: laparoscopic
    Exploratory laparotomy: open
    Peritoneal dialysis catheter insertion
    Peritoneal lesion: biopsy
    Inguinal and femoral hernia: laparoscopic repair
    Inguinal and femoral hernia: open repair
    Ventral hernia: laparoscopic repair
    Ventral hernia: open repair
    Cholecystectomy with or without cholangiography: laparoscopic
    Cholecystectomy with or without cholangiography: open
    Hepatic biopsy: laparoscopic
    Hepatic biopsy: open
    Splenectomy: laparoscopic
    Splenectomy: open
    Antireflux procedure: laparoscopic
    Gastrostomy: open
    Gastrostomy: percutaneous endoscopic
    Adhesiolysis: laparoscopic
    Adhesiolysis: open
    Feeding jejunostomy: laparoscopic
    Feeding jejunostomy: open
    Ileostomy
    Ileostomy closure
    Small intestinal resection: open
    Appendectomy: laparoscopic
    Appendectomy: open
    Colectomy, partial: laparoscopic
    Colectomy, partial: open
    Colostomy
    Colostomy closure
    Anal fistulotomy/seton placement
    Anal sphincterotomy: internal
    Anorectal abscess: drainage
    Banding for internal hemorrhoids
    Hemorrhoidectomy
    Perianal condylomas: excision
    Bronchoalveolar lavage
    Bronchoscopy
    Colonoscopy
    Esophagogastro?duodenoscopy (EGD)
    Laryngoscopy
    Proctoscopy
    Axillary sentinel lymph node biopsy
    Axillary lymphadenectomy
    Breast biopsy with or without needle localization
    Breast cyst: aspiration
    Duct excision
    Mastectomy: modified radical
    Mastectomy: partial
    Mastectomy: simple
    Parathyroidectomy
    Thyroidectomy: partial or total
    Melanoma: wide local excision
    Pilonidal cystectomy
    Sentinel lymph node biopsy for melanoma
    Skin/soft tissue lesions: excisional and incisional biopsy
    Soft tissue infections: incision, drainage, debridement
    Airway management/ventilator management
    Arterial catheter placement
    Central venous catheter placement
    Compartment pressures (abdomen, extremity): measurement
    Defibrillation and cardioversion
    Endotracheal intubation
    Enteral feeding tube placement
    Oxygen administration devices
    Paracentesis
    Pulmonary artery catheter placement
    Thoracentesis
    Ultrasound use for intravascular access
    Urinary catheterization
    Focused abdominal sonography for trauma (FAST)
    Gastrointestinal tract injury: operation
    Temporary closure of the abdomen
    Wounds, major: debride/suture
    Amputations: lower extremity
    Carotid endarterectomy
    Embolectomy/thrombectomy: arterial
    Vena cava filter: insertion
    Venous insufficiency/varicose veins: operation
    Arteriovenous access: revision
    Arteriovenous graft/fistula
    Percutaneous vascular access
    Venous access devices: insertion
    Chest tube placement and management
    Inguinal hernia repair
    Umbilical hernia repair
    Skin grafting
    Lymph node biopsy
    Tracheostomy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jane N. Zuckerman, Gary W. Brunette, Peter A. Leggat.
    Contents:
    Basic epidemiology of infectious diseases / Mark J. Sotir and David O. Freedman
    Basic epidemiology of non-infectious diseases / Richard C. Franklin and Peter A. Leggat
    Pre-travel health risk assessment / Peter A. Leggat and Jane N. Zuckerman
    Setting up a travel clinic
    Marc T.M. Shaw and Claire S. Wong
    Travel medicine resources / Peter A. Leggat, Gary W. Brunette, Gilles Poumerol and Jane N. Zuckerman
    Travellers' diarrhoea / Charles D. Ericsson
    Vector borne diseases / Annelies Wilder-Smith
    Yellow fever / Mark D. Gershman and J. Erin Staples
    Malaria / Tomas Jelinek
    Respiratory disease and travel / Regina Larocque and Edward T. Ryan
    Sexually transmitted infections in travellers / Alberto Matteelli, Anna Cristina Carvalho and Patricia Schlagenhauf
    Tropical skin infections / Fransisco Vega-Lopez and Sara Ritchie
    Rabies / Mary Warrell
    Vaccine-preventable disease / Joseph Torresi, Abinash Virk and Jane N. Zuckerman
    Women's health and travel / I. Dale Carroll
    Children's health and travel / Karl Newman and Phil Fischer
    Travelers with underlying medical conditions / Anne McCarthy and Kathy Suh
    The older traveler and traveling with disability / Kathy Suh and Anne McCarthy
    Visiting friends and relatives / Karin Leder and Sarah McGuinness
    Migrants, refugees and travel medicine / Louis Loutan
    Study-abroad programs : student health and safety issues / Gary Rhodes and Gary W. Brunette
    Humanitarian aid workers, disaster relief workers, and missionaries / Brian D. Gushulak and Douglas W. MacPherson
    Long-term travelers / Claire Davies and Ted Lankester
    Aviation and travel medicine / Michael Bagshaw, Ian Cheng and Robert Bor
    Expedition and wilderness medicine / Sean Hudson, Will Smith, David Shlim, Caroline Knox, Karen Marienau
    Scuba and diving medicine / Karen J. Marienau
    Venomous and poisonous animals and toxins / Mark A. Read
    Cruise ships and travel medicine / Sally S.J. Bell and Eilif Dahl
    Mass gatherings and travel medicine / Joanna Gaines and Gary W. Brunette
    Emergency care whilst abroad / Peter A. Leggat and Marc T.M. Shaw
    The returning traveller / Tamar Lachish, Fons Van Gompel and Eli Schwartz.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Abdul Qayyum Rana, Kelvin L. Chou.
    Summary: This practical, concise guide discusses how to distinguish different types of tremor and make the diagnosis of essential tremor.℗ℓ Written in an easy-to-read format, this book summarises other conditions that may be confused with essential tremor and details all current treatment options for this condition, including medications, surgery and non-invasive alternatives. Examination techniques for patients with a tremor complaint are described, some of which may be novel to the general practitioner, and case studies full of diagnostic and examination pearls are provided.℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ Essential Tremor in Clinical Practice is an updated version of Abdul Qayyum Ranaℓ́ℓs previous book, An Introduction to Essential Tremor. Busy clinicians, including internists, general and family practitioners, and geriatricians will benefit from this short yet comprehensive, clinically focussed volume.

    Contents:
    What is Tremor?
    What is Essential Tremor?.- Clinical Approach to Essential Tremor
    Diagnosis of Essential Tremor
    Treatment of Essential Tremor
    Case Studies
    Essential Tremor: A Short History
    Resources for Essential Tremor.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giovanni Battista Migliori, Mario C. Raviglione, editors.
    Summary: This textbook covers the full spectrum of tuberculosis-related topics in a comprehensive yet easy-to-follow, readily accessible format. Filling a significant gap in tuberculosis literature, it addresses tuberculosis sensu latu, mirroring the content of the London Queen Mary University tuberculosis Diploma. Covering all aspects related to this condition, from prevention, diagnosis and treatment to public and global health, the book provides a broad overview of tuberculosis management. Further, it includes a wealth of case studies and exercises, making it an essential guide for all staff involved in tuberculosis management. Written by an international and interdisciplinary panel of experts, the book appeals to a broad readership including students, postdoctoral fellows, clinicians, researchers, and nurses, as well as public health officers working in tuberculosis control programs.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    Chapter 1. History of Tuberculosis
    Chapter 2. Mycobacterium tuberculosis: the organism, genomics and evolution
    Chapter 3. Pathogenesis and immunology of TB
    Chapter 4. Basic and descriptive epidemiology of TB
    Chapter 5. TB WHO recommended strategies and Global Health perspectives (and exercise/country examples)
    Part 2. Prevention
    Chapter 6. Vaccines
    Chapter 7. Latent TB infection diagnosis and treatment
    Chapter 8. Infection Control (and exercise). Part 3. Diagnosis
    Chapter 9. TB Clinical presentation and differential diagnosis
    Chapter 10. Laboratory diagnosis of TB (including MDR)
    Chapter 11. Radiology in the diagnosis of TB How to read a chest x-ray
    IV. Treatment
    Chapter 12. Rationale for chemotherapy (and exercise)
    Chapter 13. Anti-TB drugs and adverse events
    Chapter 14. Treatment of drug-susceptible TB
    Chapter 15. Surgery and TB
    Chapter 16. How to design the regimen for drug-resistant TB (and clinical cases)
    Chapter 17. The shorter regimen for MDR-TB
    Chapter 18. Monitoring treatment: clinical and programmatic approach for TB and DR-TB
    Chapter 19. Adherence
    Chapter 20. TB Patient-centred care
    Part 5. Risk factors, risk groups, challenges
    Chapter 21. TB, alcohol, smoking and diabetes. Chapter 22. TB and prisons
    Chapter 23. TB and migration
    Chapter 24. The TB/HIV association
    Chapter 25. Childhood TB
    Chapter 26. Tuberculosis and women (risk factors, pregnancy, access to services and gender issues)
    Chapter 27. TB in the elderly
    Chapter 28. Extra-pulmonary TB
    Chapter 29. Renal and hepatic failure and tuberculosis
    Chapter 30. TB Rehabilitation and palliative care
    Chapter 31. Post TB infections
    Part 6. Public Health
    Chapter 32. The national TB programme: role and functions (and exercise)
    Chapter 33. National TB Strategic Planning (and exercise)
    Chapter 34. Active case finding and hard-to-reach TB groups
    Chapter 35. Managing TB outbreaks in low-incidence settings (and exercise)
    Part 7. Global Health
    Chapter 36. The global TB burden
    Chapter 37. A multi-sectorial approach to tuberculosis control and elimination in the era of the UN Sustainable Development Goals
    Chapter 38. One Health--approach to zoonotic tuberculosis. The burden of zoonotic tuberculosis in the world
    Chapter 39. Health systems and TB control
    Chapter 40. The global and individual economics of TB
    Part 8. Research
    Chapter 41. An overview of research priorities in TB
    Chapter 42. Priority areas for TB vaccines
    Chapter 43. Priority areas for TB diagnosis
    Chapter 44. Priority areas for latent infection
    Chapter 45. Priority areas for TB treatment
    Chapter 46. Operational Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marios Loukas, Danny Burns.
    Summary: Resource ordered for the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program 105262 and Radiography 105261 program.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic Ultrasound Physics
    Back
    Upper Limb
    Lower Limb
    Thorax: Chest Wall and Pleura
    Heart
    Abdomen
    Neck, Face, Eye
    Femaile Pelvis
    Male Pelvis
    Focused Assessment with Sonography for Trauma (FAST)
    Multiple-Choice Questions.
  • Digital
    Mauro Zago, editor.
    Summary: E-FAST (extended focused assessment by sonograpy for trauma) represents the basic ultrasonographic approach to any trauma patient. Identification or exclusion of free fluid and air in the abdominal and thoracic cavities plays a pivotal role in deciding the immediate diagnostic and therapeutic path. Learning E-FAST is mandatory for all acute care surgeons and all physicians involved in trauma management. The structure of the book and its practical approach will make it an easy-to-consult and quick reference tool for beginners and a useful support for more experienced professionals.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1. Basic physics, instrumentation and knobology
    2. E-FAST protocol: Introduction and focused questions
    3. Abdominal views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning tips and tricks, abnormal images
    4.Thoracic views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning Tips and Tricks, Abnormal Images
    5. Including EFAST in Trauma Algorithm: When? What to do next?
    6. The role of EFAST in Comprehensive US Trauma Management (ABCDE-US) Facing Clinical Scenarios
    7. Pre-Hospital US in Trauma: Role and Tips
    8. CEUS-FAST: What is it? .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gian Carlo Di Renzo, editor.
    Summary: When the COVID- 19 pandemic occurred, all the main communication systems of medical research have undergone an epochal change. Many online journals and magazines have tried to publish inherent works of this specific problem as soon as possible, soliciting and preferring them to others, thus changing the system of free acceptance of scientific works once. Moreover, the way to communicate these works has no longer occurred through standard Scientific Congresses but with other systems, websites/streaming and webinars or virtual conferences. Now there is something systematic missing, which foresees that this may last in the future, in the post COVID-19 era (AC): the communication system of the medical sciences will be different from now on. There will be far fewer classical-style conferences like the ones so popular before COVID-19 outbreak (BC) but there will be more webinars, in streaming and virtual conferences. This new book fits well in this period, creating a bridge between those who do research, how it is communicated, what are the classic communication methods and what is all the necessary background to communicate with new tools. The book idea is based on the legacy left by Michael Faraday, the famous American chemist, who sensed how communicating what happens in science can make the difference between the success and failure of the research itself.

    Contents:
    The Island Of Research (Do Not Block The Path Of Enquiry)
    Big Data, Metanalysis And Sistematic Reviews : The Jungle Of Statistics
    Essentials On Writing A Paper For A Peer Reviewed Journal
    The Value Of The Websites And Online Journals
    Ways To Implement Your Key Messages
    The Classical Meetings And Congresses
    The New Ways To Communicate Your Research: Webinars And Beyond
    The Virtual Theatre : The Lure, The Title, The Scene, The Backstage, The Space
    The World Of Audience : Listeners Or Gazers, Learned Or Unlearned
    Connect And Be Understood
    Narrative Science And Medicine
    The Legacy Of Michael Faraday.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Christopher Ente, Michael Ukpe.
    Summary: Patient safety and quality improvement in health care remain a global priority. Subpar performance in health care, however, is still common more than a decade after the christening of patient safety in Africa. The core principle of safety and quality improvement systems is to identify and assess the root cause of failures in order to learn from them and devise a means to improve and to avoid recurrence. This book is designed to encourage, facilitate and empower healthcare workers in the development and implementation of strategically driven patient safety and quality improvement initiatives for safer healthcare systems and healthcare facilities in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) of Africa.^It also highlights some of the profound challenges and barriers to designing and implementing patient safety and quality improvement interventions or programmes in the region and reiterates the need to remain focused and determined to work out solutions with confidence and overcome these barriers. In the book, chapters highlight six essential components crucial for achieving evolutionary progress in safety and quality improvement in a healthcare system: Standard operating procedure Audit Research Safety management Quality management Evaluation Practical steps in planning and conducting these six essential components are outlined with some specific features to aid learning and facilitate their implementation. The authors have experience and expertise in the medical practice gained in Africa and a decade of knowledge and experience from consultancy work in safety and quality improvement in health care within and outside the region.^Essentials for Quality and Safety Improvement in Health Care: A Resource for Developing Countries is authored for both medical professionals and those from other professions who are interested in and enthusiastic about patient safety and healthcare quality and therefore willing to build a career in this field. It is relevant to all health institutions, health and non-health workers, and can be used as a checklist while rendering quality and safe health care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Concept of Quality and Safety Improvement in Health Care
    Chapter 2. Standard Operating Procedure
    Chapter 3. Audit
    Chapter 4. Research
    Chapter 5. Safety Management
    Chapter 6. Quality Management
    Chapter 7. Evaluation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Samuel Antuña, Raúl Barco.
    Contents:
    Applied anatomy & Surgical Approaches to the Elbow
    Lateral Elbow Pain
    Medial Elbow Pain
    Distal Humerus Fractures
    Fractures and Dislocations of the Proximal Ulna & Radial head
    Elbow Stiffness
    Elbow Instability
    The Arthritic Elbow
    Tendon Injuries
    Safety in Elbow Surgery: From Open to Arthroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Aydin Berenjian, editor.
    Summary: This textbook teaches the principles and applications of fermentation technology, bioreactors, bioprocess variables and their measurement, key product separation and purification techniques as well as bioprocess economics in an easy to understand way. The multidisciplinary science of fermentation applies scientific and engineering principles to living organisms or their useful components to produce products and services beneficial for our society. Successful exploitation of fermentation technology involves knowledge of microbiology and engineering. Thus the book serves as a must-have guide for undergraduates and graduate students interested in Biochemical Engineering and Microbial Biotechnology.

    Contents:
    1. Fermentation at a glance
    2. Microorganisms
    3. Nutrient
    4. Sterilization
    5. Liquid and solid state bioreactors
    6. Bioreactor operating conditions
    7. Bioreactor scale up
    8. Cell separation and disruption
    9. Product recovery and purification
    10. Bioprocess economics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos Kaski.
    Contents:
    1. Chronic stable angina pectoris: history and epidemiology
    2. Stable angina pectoris: definition, clinical presentation and pathophysiologic mechanisms
    3. Angina due to obstructive atherosclerotic coronary artery disease: diagnosis and patient risk stratification
    4. Microvascular angina: diagnosis, prognosis and treatment
    5. Angina in women
    6. Management of angina.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mohamed E. A. Abdelrahim, Haitham Saeed, Hadeer S. Harb, Yasmin M. Madney.
    Summary: This book assesses the most appropriate forms of aerosol therapy for critically ill patients. Aerosol therapy is applied for the treatment of several pulmonary diseases in addition to some promising applications intended for systemic absorption. Nowadays, aerosol delivery to clinically stable patients in the outpatient settings is done easily with a lot of focus on patient counseling and enhancement of lung deposition. A lot of guidelines are available for several diseases and it could offer adequate guidance to the therapists concerning escalation or de-escalation of therapy to enhance treatment efficiency and safety. However, in critically ill patients aerosol delivery is mostly done by the choice of the respiratory therapist only according to his knowledge. The book describes the type of patients requiring aerosol therapy, different aerosol generators available for the treatment of critically ill patients, mechanisms of aerosol lung deposition, and factors affecting aerosol deposition. It also discusses the special needs of neonates and infants, transitioning aerosol from hospital to home, and the methods of aerosol delivery to different patient e.g. nasal delivery patients, ventilated patients, etc. Moreover, it reviews methods of detecting such aerosol delivery to the lung. At the end, it discusses the suggested monitoring plans and weaning protocols to ensure high efficacy and safety of the ventilatory support in such patients. Given its scope, the book can serve as guidelines or specific recommendations to maximize clinical benefits of medicated aerosols in critically ill patients and it represents a valuable resource for intensivists, pulmonologists and healthcare professionals working at ICUs.

    Contents:
    The types of patients being treated
    What they are being treated for
    Where they are being treated
    Special needs for neonates, infants and toddler
    Aerosol via
    Hand held nebulizers
    mouthpiece and masks
    pMDIs and SMIs - Role of valved holding chambers
    DPIs
    Hoods
    Nasal cannula
    NIV
    CMV with and without bias flow
    Special modes of ventilation - APRV, HFOV, IPV, CHFO, jet ventilation
    Drugs for Aerosol in acute and critical care
    Transitioning aerosol from hospital to home
    Role of training and follow-up
    The aerosol generators available for critically ill patient
    Mechanisms of aerosol lung deposition
    Factors affecting aerosol deposition in critically ill patient
    The methods of delivery to different ill patients
    Nasal delivery patients, ventilated patients. Methods of detecting aerosol delivery to the lung
    Purposed recommendations for aerosol delivery to critically ill patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey E. Janis, MD, FACS, Professor of Plastic Surgery, Neurosurgery, Neurology, and Surgery Executive Vice Chairman, Department of Plastic Surgery, Chief of Plastic Surgery, University Hospitals, President-Elect, American Society of Plastic Surgeons, Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center, Columbus, OH
    Summary: "Essentials of Aesthetic Surgery may fit in your pocket, but this easy-to-follow guide is teeming with valuable cutting-edge topics in cosmetic surgery. Focusing on both traditional and emerging concepts, techniques and innovations in aesthetic surgery, this portable book draws from the expertise of experienced surgeons to provide step-by-step instructions for the procedures surgeons build their careers on. This comprehensive guide offers readers: A practical guide to the most sought-after procedures, presented by internationally recognized experts Follows the best-selling Essentials of Plastic Surgery structure, which explores techniques and tips for success in a succinct, accessible, bulleted format Modern perspectives on traditional procedures, including facelift, necklift, blepharoplasty, rhinoplasty, breast augmentation, liposuction, abdominoplasty, and thighlift A deeper look at correction of the tear trough deformity, lateral canthopexy, Asian blepharoplasty, secondary and ethnic rhinoplasty, the nasolabial fold, lip augmentation, nonsurgical rejuvenation, augmentation-mastopexy, gluteal augmentation, genital surgery, and transgender surgery Take-home points at the end of each chapter to summarize the content for easy review Rich, high-quality photographs and illustrations for an in-depth understanding of the pertinent anatomy As the role of the plastic surgeon has evolved, so must the techniques and available procedures to address the needs of the diverse aesthetic surgery patient population. Aesthetic surgery continues to grow exponentially in popularity, and this guide provides surgeons with the tools they need to stay abreast of changing trends and innovative techniques to achieve the highest possible patient satisfaction."-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Liang Cheng and David G. Bostwick.
    Contents:
    Cytopathology
    Immunohistochemistry for the Surgical Pathologist
    Tumors of Unknown Primary
    Diagnostic Electron Microscopy
    Transplantation Pathology
    Microbiology for the Surgical Pathologist
    Forensic Pathology
    Autopsy
    Biomedical Infomatics for Anatomic Pathology
    Quality Assurance and Regulations for Anatomic Pathology
    Molecular Diagnostic Pathology
    Molecular Pathology of Solid Tumors
    Human Genetic Disorders
    Neuropathology
    Lymph Node
    Spleen
    Bone Marrow
    Neoplasms of the Skin and Immunodermatology
    Non-Neoplastic Skin Diseases
    Endocrine Pathology
    Bone and Joints
    Soft Tissue Tumors
    Tumors of the Salivary Glands
    Head and Neck
    Eye and Ocular Adnexae
    Mediastinum and Thymus
    Cardiovascular Pathology
    Lung and Pleura
    Breast
    Vulva and Vagina
    Uterus and Fallopian Tube
    Ovary and Peritoneum
    Placenta and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Non-Neoplastic Renal Diseases
    Tumors of the Kidney
    Urinary Bladder
    Renal Pelvis, Ureter, and Urethra
    Prostate
    Testis and Testicular Adnexa
    Penis
    Esophagus and Stomach
    Small Intestine, Appendix, Colorectum, and Anus
    Pancreas
    Neoplastic Hepatobiliary Disease
    Neoplasms of the Liver and Biliary System. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Ellen McCann, Christine Greco, Kai Matthes.
    Contents:
    I: Newborn and infant
    The term infant
    The preterm infant
    Origin of the NICU
    Hemodynamics in the infant
    Measures of carbon dioxide
    Glucose control
    Oxygen management: concerns about both hyperoxia and hypoxia in neonates during critical care and intraoperatively
    Temperature control
    Neonatal resuscitation
    Congenital abnormalities and syndromes
    Myopathies of the newborn
    II: Newborn and infant anesthesia
    Preoperative preparation
    Developmental pharmacology: the neonate
    The newborn airway
    Fluid and transfusion management
    Neonatal ventilation strategies
    Anesthetic-induced neurotoxicity
    New anesthetic agents on the horizon
    Monitoring of the newborn and young infant under anesthesia
    III: Specific newborn and infant procedures
    Anesthesia for neurosurgical procedures
    Anesthesia for otolaryngologic procedures in infants and neonates
    Anesthesia for plastic surgery
    Anesthesia for abdominal wall reconstruction procedures
    Anesthesia for intra-abdominal procedures
    Anesthesia for urologic surgery
    Anesthesia for thoracic surgery
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    Congenital heart disease in the neonate and infant: cardiac catheterization and cardiac surgery
    Noncardiac surgery in neonates and infants with cardiac disease
    Neonatal and infant tumors
    Anesthesia for transplant surgery
    Anesthesia for interventional radiology procedures
    Anesthesia for conjoined twins
    Anesthesia for fetal surgery
    IV: Pain management and other newborn and infant anesthesia concerns
    Pain management in neonates and infants
    Regional anesthesia in neonates and infants
    Procedural sedation
    Ambulatory anesthesia in infants
    Apnea and bradycardia
    Neonatal outcomes
    Research on newborns and infants
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [editors] Puneet Khanna, Shashikant Sharma.
    Summary: "This book, which comes in a comprehensive yet compact format, orients undergraduates, students preparing for postgraduate entrance examination, and anesthesia technicians to anesthesia basics, including anatomy, physiology, pharmacology, drugs, types of equipment, and management of specific ailments of all the organ systems. The chapters in this book are simplified by way of tables, flowcharts, and appropriate figures, thereby making the reading and understanding of the subject easy. This book includes chapters on artificial intelligence and updates of the Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Guidelines 2020 by the American Heart Association (AHA)." -- from preface.

    Contents:
    Section I: Preliminaries in anesthesia
    Section II: General anesthesia
    Section III: Regional anesthesia
    Section IV: Anesthesia for coexisting diseases
    Section V: Subspecialty management
    Section VI: Miscellaneous
    Section VII: Equipment in anesthesia.
  • Digital
    William E. Prentice, PhD, ATC, PT, FNATA, Professor, Coordinator of the Sports Medicine Specialization, Department of Exercise and Sports Science, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Summary: Essentials of athletic injury management provides the information you need to manage the care of athletic injuries--from prevention, identification and assessment of injuries to interaction with players, parents and physicians. Designed for those beginning careers in coaching, physical education and the fitness profession, this text prepares students to manage injury and emergency situations when an athletic trainer or physician is not available. Action plans, checklists and applications of universal precautions in athletic environments are included to provide the practical tools needed to get started in the field.

    Contents:
    pt. I. Organizing and establishing an effective athletic health care system. Fitness professional, coaches, and the sports medicine team : defining roles ; Organizing and administering an athletic health care program ; Legal liability and insurance
    pt. II. Preventing injuries in an athletic health care system. Preventing injuries through fitness training ; Sports nutrition and supplements ; Selecting and using protective sports equipment ; Understanding the potential dangers of adverse environmental conditions
    pt. III. Techniques for treating and managing sport-related injuries ; Bloodborne pathogens, universal precautions, and wound care ; Wrapping and taping techniques ; Understanding the basics of injury rehabilitation ; Helping the injured athlete psychologically
    pt. IV. Recognition and management of specific injuries and conditions. Recognizing different sports injuries ; The foot and toes ; The ankle and lower leg ; The knee and related structures ; The thigh, hip, groin, and pelvis ; The shoulder complex ; The elbow, forearm, wrist, and hand ; The spine ; The thorax and abdomen ; The head, face, eyes, ears, nose, and throat ; General medical conditions and additional health concerns ; Substance abuse ; Preventing and managing injuries in young athletes.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2016
  • Digital
    William E. Prentice, PhD, ATC, PT, FNATA, Professor, Coordinator of the Sports Medicine Specialization, Department of Exercise and Sports Science, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Summary: The eleventh edition of Essentials of Athletic Injury Management is written for those students interested in the fitness profession, kinesiology, coaching, or some aspect of sport science or physical education.

    Contents:
    Part I: Organizing and Establishing an Effective Athletic Health Care System
    Chapter 1: Fitness Professionals, Coaches, and the Sports Medicine Team: Defining Roles
    Chapter 2: Organizing and Administering an Athletic Health Care Program
    Chapter 3: Legal Liability and Insurance
    Part II: Preventing Injuries in an Athletic Health Care System
    Chapter 4: Preventing Injuries Through Fitness Training
    Chapter 5: Sports Nutrition and Supplements
    Chapter 6: Selecting and Using Protective Sports Equipment
    Chapter 7: Understanding the Potential Dangers of Adverse Environmental Conditions
    Part III: Techniques for Treating and Managing Sport-Related Injuries
    Chapter 8: Handling Emergency Situations and Injury Assessment
    Chapter 9: Bloodborne Pathogens, Universal Precautions, and Wound Care
    Chapter 10: Wrapping and Taping Techniques
    Chapter 11: Understanding the Basics of Injury Rehabilitation
    Chapter 12: Helping the Injured Athlete Psychologically
    Part IV: Recognition and Management of Specific Injuries and Conditions
    Chapter 13: Recognizing Different Sports Injuries
    Chapter 14: The Foot and Toes
    Chapter 15: The Ankle and Lower Leg
    Chapter 16: The Knee and Related Structures
    Chapter 17: The Thigh, Hip, Groin, and Pelvis
    Chapter 18: The Shoulder Complex
    Chapter 19: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand
    Chapter 20: The Spine
    Chapter 21: The Thorax and Abdomen
    Chapter 22: The Head, Face, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Chapter 23: General Medical Conditions and Additional Health Concerns
    Chapter 24: Substance Abuse
    Chapter 25: Preventing and Managing Injuries in Young Athletes
    Glossary
    Appendix A: Employment Settings for the Athletic Trainer
    Appendix B: Requirements for Certification as an Athletic Trainer
    Appendix C: Directional Movements for Body Joints.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2020
  • Digital
    Yee Guan Yap, A John Camm.
    Summary: Atrial fibrillation (AF) affects an estimated 1?2% of the population and is the most common cause of sustained cardiac arrhythmia. Critically, the number of patients developing AF is expected to double in the next five decades, leading to increased incidence of stroke, heart failure and other serious thromboembolic events. Essentials of Atrial Fibrillation is a timely investigation of current pharmaceutical trends, clinical guidelines, novel treatments, and ongoing pipeline developments, including ground-breaking advances in the use of novel oral anticoagulants.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of atrial fibrillation
    Pathogenesis of atrial fibrillation
    Classification, diagnosis, and assessment of atrial fibrillation
    Rate and rhythm control strategies for atrial fibrillation
    Anticoagulant treatment strategies for atrial fibrillation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Stanley A. Gelfand.
    Summary: "This textbook attempts to provide a comprehensive overview of audiology at the introductory level; including such topics as acoustics, anatomy and physiology, sound perception, auditory disorders and the nature of hearing impairment, methods of measurement, screening, clinical assessment and clinical management. It is intended to serve as the core text for undergraduate students in speech, language and hearing, and might also serve the needs of beginning-level graduate students who need to learn or review the fundamentals of audiology. It is anticipated that the material will be covered in a one-, two- or three-term undergraduate sequence, depending on the organization of the communication sciences and disorders curriculum at a given college or university"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Acoustics and sound measurement
    Anatomy and physiology of the auditory system
    Measurement principles and the nature of hearing
    The audiometer and test environment
    Pure tone audiometry
    Auditory system and related disorders
    Acoustic immitance assessment
    Speech audiometry
    Clinical masking
    Behavioral tests for audiological diagnosis
    Physiological methods in audiology
    Assessment of infants and children
    Audiological screening
    Nonorganic hearing loss
    Audiological management 1
    Audiological management 2
    Effects of noise and hearing conservation
    Appendix A : Combining OBLs into db SPL and dbA
    Appendix B : Alphabetical listing of spondaic words commonly used in clinical practice
    Appendix C : CID Auditory Test W-22 : word lists 1-4
    Appendix D : Northwestern University Auditory Test No. 6
    Appendix E : Spanish bisyllabic words for speech recognition testing
    Appendix F : Boothroyd isophonemic word lists
    Appendix G : An example of the AzBio sentence lists
    Appendix H : Lists 1 and 2 of the Basic English Lexicon (BEL) sentences
    Appendix I : Lexical Neighborhood Test (LNT)
    Appendix J : Multisyllabic Lexical Neighborhood Test (MLNT)
    Appendix K : PBK-50 (PB Kindergarten) words lists
    Appendix L : Word Intelligibility by Picture (WIPI) Test word lists
    Appendix M : Northwestern University Children's Perception of Speech (NU-CHIPS) Test word lists
    Appendix N : Selected resources for auditory-visual training.
  • Digital
    Stanley A. Gelfand, Lauren Calandruccio
    Summary: Introductory audiology is an essential and fundamental aspect of the education of all students who are interested in the two related professions of speech-language pathology and audiology. This book is primarily intended to serve as a comprehensive introductory text for students who are preparing to enter both of these fields. As such, it tries to address the needs of at least two rather different groups of students. Those planning a career in audiology need a broad overview of the field and a firm understanding of its many basic principles so that they have a solid foundation for the future as doctors of audiology in clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Acoustics and Sound Measurement
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory System
    Measurement Principles and the Nature of Hearing
    The Audiometer and Test Environment
    Pure Tone Audiometry
    Auditory System and Related Disorders
    Acoustic Immittance Assessment
    Speech Audiometry
    Clinical Masking
    Behavioral Tests for Audiological Diagnosis
    Physiological Methods in Audiology
    Assessment of Infants and Children
    Audiological Screening
    Nonorganic Hearing Loss
    Audiological Management I
    Audiological Management II
    Effects of Noise and Hearing Conservation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty (ed.).
    Contents:
    v. 1. No individual title
    v. 2. Recent advances, topics, and developments
    v. 3. Current methods and modern trends.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty, editor.
    Summary: This book covers new and exciting topics which have emerged in the area of autopsy recently, including the three different post-mortem CT-angiography systems currently available to practitioners in this field; a highly topical chapter on the role of genetic abnormalities in the handling of drugs within the body and how this can affect the interpretation of toxicological results in relation to how the drug may have caused or contributed to death; an update on the current classification and considerations related to deaths due to hanging; a review of injuries and fatalities caused by animals including post-mortem scavenging; an authoritative review of poisons and toxins from water and the life that inhabits it; and recent advances in knowledge in the use of entomology as an investigative tool as well as knowledge related to colonisation of cadavers by insects, animals and birds. Essentials of Autopsy Practice: Advances, Updates and Emerging Technologies is a multi-subject book, aimed at different grades of practitioners, from different practice areas, covering topics that are currently discussed and anticipated to be discussed in the field of autopsy practice over the next few years.

    Contents:
    Post-Mortem Computed Tomography (PMCT) Scanning with Angiography (PMCTA). A Description of Three Distinct Methods
    Death by Hanging
    Marine Toxins
    The Dismembered Body
    Medico-legal Autopsies and Pharmacogenetics
    Forensic Entomology: a Synopsis, Guide and Update
    Advances in the Use of Latent Finger Marks.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty, editor.
    Summary: This book covers topical subjects within the field of death investigation, where changes in practice have recently occurred. The topics embrace the multi-disciplinary approach required for death investigation, and address advances in the field of forensic photography, pathology, and 3D printing as applied to forensics. This volume includes chapters on high altitude deaths, the role of 3D-printing applied to forensic investigations, photogrammetry, commotion cordis (an uncommon cause of fatal cardiac arrest) and the cricoid cartilage. Essentials of Autopsy Practice: Reviews, Updates and Advances is an educational and practical resource aimed at trainees and consultants, generalists and specialists, and multi-disciplinary teams. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. The application of photogrammetry for forensic 3D recording of crime scenes, evidence and people / Chiara Villa and Christina Jacobsen
    2. 3D printing applied to forensic investigations / Mike Biggs
    3. Post-mortem examination of infant bridging veins and subdural haemorrhage / Emma C. Cheshire and Neil C. Harris
    4. Traumatic carotid sinus reflex and postmortem investigation of the glomus caroticum in cases of pressure to the neck / Elke Doberentz and Burkhard Madea
    5. The cricoid cartilage / Guy N. Rutty
    6. Mountain deaths / Jeremy Windsor
    7. Fatalities related to extreme aerial sports / Francesco Feletti
    8. Commotio cordis / Ritesh G. Menezes, Mohammed Madadin, and Muhammad Shariq Usman.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty, editor.
    Summary: This book covers topical subjects within the field of death investigation, where changes in practice have recently occurred. The topics embrace the multi-disciplinary approach required for death investigation, and address advances in the fields of forensic fractography in relation to road traffic death investigations, pathology, MicroCt and 3D printing as applied to forensics. Chapters are written in a uniform easy-to-follow format to ensure they are accessible to both specialists and non-specialists in the field. Essentials of Autopsy Practice Updates and Reviews to Aid Practice is a practical resource covering the latest advances in autopsy practice, making it an ideal resource for trainees, consultants, generalists and specialists, along with multi-disciplinary teams working in this field.

    Contents:
    Forensic application of "Free-D" software
    Post-mortem cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    The use of micro-computed tomography for forensic applications
    The role of fractography in forensic pathology and forensic anthropology examinations
    The application of radiographic imaging in forensic odontology
    Disaster victim identification: Traditional approaches and changing practices
    Examining an already autopsied or exhumed body
    Death associated with trees
    Mountain death revisited: Mass slope movements, mountain associated suspension and volcanos.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Noor Ahmad Shaik, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Babajan Banaganapalli and Ramu Elango, editors.
    Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it mostly focuses on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. Unlike other bioinformatics books which are mostly theoretical, this book provides practical examples for the readers on state-of-the-art open source tools to solve biological problems. Flow charts of experiments, graphical illustrations, and mock data are included for quick reference. Volume I is therefore an ideal companion for students and early stage professionals wishing to master this blooming field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Bioinformatics; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Role of Bioinformatics in Gene Expression Data Analysis; 1.3 The Role of Bioinformatics in Gene/Genome Mapping; 1.4 Role of Bioinformatics in Sequence Alignment and Similarity Search; 1.5 Contribution of Bioinformatics toward Modern Cancer Research; 1.6 The Domain of Structural Bioinformatics; 1.7 Bioinformatics Processing of Big Data; 1.8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Introduction to Biological Databases; 2.1 Introduction to Databases; 2.2 Types of Databases 2.2.1 Relational Databases2.2.2 Object-Oriented Database; 2.3 Introduction to Biological Databases; 2.3.1 Classification of Biological Databases; 2.3.2 Primary Database; 2.3.3 Secondary Databases; 2.3.4 Specialized Databases; 2.3.5 Interconnection between Biological Databases; 2.4 Retrieval from Databases; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Sequence Databases; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Sequence Data Generation; 3.2.1 The First Generation of Sequencing; 3.2.2 The Second Generation of Sequencing; 3.2.3 The Third Generation of Sequencing; 3.3 Classes of Biological Databases 3.4 Types of Sequence Databases3.4.1 Nucleotide Sequence Databases; 3.4.1.1 EMBL/DDBJ/GenBank; 3.4.1.2 RefSeq; 3.4.1.3 Ensembl; 3.4.2 Protein Sequence Database; 3.4.2.1 TrEMBL; 3.4.2.2 GenPept; 3.4.2.3 Entrez Protein; 3.4.2.4 UniProt; 3.5 Sequence Submission; 3.5.1 Sequin; 3.5.2 BankIt; 3.5.3 Webin; 3.6 Retrieval; 3.6.1 SRS (Sequence Retrieval System); 3.6.2 Entrez; 3.6.3 DBGET; 3.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Biological 3D Structural Databases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 X-Ray Crystallography; 4.1.2 Crystal Formation; 4.1.3 Structure Determination; 4.2 Macromolecular Structural Databases 4.2.1 Protein Data Bank wwPDB4.2.1.1 RCSB PDB; 4.3 PDBsum: Structural Summaries of PDB Entries; 4.4 sc-PDB: A 3D Database of Ligandable Binding Sites; 4.5 PDBTM: Protein Data Bank of Transmembrane Proteins; 4.6 CATH Database; 4.7 SCOP (Structural Classification of Proteins) Database; 4.8 Structure Comparison Servers; 4.9 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Other Biological Databases; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Gene or Genome Annotation Databases; 5.2.1 GO/GOA Databases; 5.2.2 UCSC Genome Browser: Annotation Database; 5.3 Protein Annotation Databases; 5.3.1 PRIDE Archive; 5.3.2 SWISS-2DPAGE 5.3.3 Domain Databases5.4 Network Databases; 5.4.1 IntAct; 5.5 Pathway Databases; 5.5.1 Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes; 5.5.2 BioCyc; 5.5.3 Ingenuity Pathways Knowledge Base; 5.5.4 Reactome Pathway Databases; 5.5.5 Other Pathway Databases; 5.6 Drug Databases; 5.6.1 DrugBank; 5.6.2 PharmGKB; 5.6.3 ChEBI; 5.6.4 PubChem; 5.6.5 ZINC Database; 5.7 Specialized Database; 5.7.1 Model Organism Databases; 5.7.2 IntEnz; 5.7.3 EPD; 5.7.4 TRANSFAC; 5.8 Scientific Literature Database; 5.8.1 PubMed; 5.8.2 SCI (Science Citation Index); 5.8.3 Google Scholar; 5.9 Conclusion; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Noor Ahmad Shaik, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Babajan Banaganapalli, Ramu Elango, editors.
    Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it focuses on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. Our second title of this volume set In Silico Life Sciences: Medicine provides hands-on experience in analyzing high throughput molecular data for the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of monogenic or polygenic human diseases. The key concepts in this volume include risk factor assessment, genetic tests and result interpretation, personalized medicine, and drug discovery. This volume is expected to train readers in both single and multi-dimensional biological analysis using open data sets, and provides a unique learning experience through clinical scenarios and case studies.

    Contents:
    1. Bioinformatics strategies for molecular diagnostics o Candidate gene selection and analysis of Rare diseaseso Candidate gene selection and analysis of Complex diseases2. Bioinformatics tools for Molecular Diagnosticso Single Gene Disorders
    Case studieso Polygenic Disorders
    Case studieso Genetic Tests
    Tools, Results, Interpretation3. Bioinformatics approaches for Genetic Risk Marker Studieso Population Geneticso Gene Polymorphismso Gene Expression Assayso Genetic Statistics4. Bioinformatics for Disease Prognosticso Pharmacogeneticso Efficacyo Toxicityo Adverse reactions o Biomarker Selection and Monitoringo Precision Medicine5. Bioinformatics tools in Gene Therapyo Enzyme Replacement- Bioinformatics role is limitedo Gene Replacement (Knock-in)o Gene Silencing(RNAi)o Gene Editing (CRISPR)6. Bioinformatics tools in Disease Therapeutics
    Data analysis tools and application o Drug Discovery o Protein-Drug Interactionso Drug-Body metabolism studieso Microbiome.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Noor Ahmad Shaik, Babajan Banaganapalli, Ramu Elango, editors.
    Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it will mostly focus on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. The third volume is titled In Silico Life Sciences: Agriculture. It focuses on plant genetic, genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic and metabolomics data. Using examples of new crop diseases-emergence, crop productivity and biotic/abiotic stress tolerance, this book illustrates how bioinformatics can be an integral components of modern day plant science research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Proteoinformatics and Agricultural Biotechnology Research: Applications and Challenges; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Proteoinformatics in Plant Disease Management; 1.3 Proteoinformatic Databases and Tools; 1.4 Protein-Protein Interaction Software and Database; 1.5 Proteoinformatics of Edible Mushroom; 1.6 Proteoinformatics of Animal Breeding Programs; 1.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Impact of Bioinformatics on Plant Science Research and Crop Improvement; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Role of Bioinformatics in Crop Improvement 2.3 Crop Breeding: Bioinformatics and Preparing for Climate Change2.3.1 Informative Bioinformatics Databases/Tools for Crop Breeders; 2.4 Application of Bioinformatics in Fruit Breeding; 2.5 Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 3: Bioinformatics and Plant Stress Management; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Plant Genomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases Under Abiotic Stress; 3.2.1 Genomics Applications in Relation to Abiotic Stress Tolerance; 3.2.2 Platforms and Resources in the Transcriptome of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Transcriptomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases 3.2.3 Platforms and Resources in Proteomic of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Proteomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases3.2.4 Platforms and Resources in Metabolomics of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Metabolomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases; 3.2.5 Micro RNAs: Attributes in Plant Abiotic Stress Responses and Bioinformatics Approaches on MicroRNA; 3.3 Role of Bioinformatics in Plant Disease Management; 3.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 4: Integration of "Omic" Approaches to Unravel the Heavy Metal Tolerance in Plants; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Approaches to Study Plant Responses to Stress4.3 How Functional Genomics Play a Role to Combat Abiotic Stress in Plants; 4.4 Proteomic Tools to Study Heavy Metal Stress in Plants; 4.5 How Bioinformatics Softwares Play a Lead Role to Study Proteome Maps; 4.6 Image Analysis Software; 4.7 Mass Spectrometry Analysis Software in Proteomics; 4.8 Conclusion and Future Perspective; References;
    Chapter 5: Advanced Multivariate and Computational Approaches in Agricultural Studies; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Methodology; 5.3 Ordination Analyzes; 5.4 Correlograms, Heatmaps, and Scatterplot Matrix 5.5 Violin and Box Plot5.6 Chord Diagram and Bipartite Networks; 5.7 Hierarchical Clustering; 5.8 Final Remarks; References;
    Chapter 6: Data Measurement, Data Redundancy, and Their Biological Relevance; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Database Annotation Quality; 6.3 Database Redundancy; 6.4 Genomes: Diversity, Size, and Structure; 6.5 Gene Content in Genomes; 6.6 Protein and Proteomics; 6.7 Protein Length, Distribution, and Function; 6.8 Conclusions and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 7: Metabolomic Approaches in Plant Research; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Plant Metabolites and Their Types
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lisa M. Sullivan.
    Summary: "Essentials of Biostatistics in Public Health, Fourth Edition provides a fundamental and engaging background for students learning to apply and appropriately interpret biostatistics applications in the field of public health. Many examples are drawn directly from the author's remarkable clinical experiences with the renowned Framingham Heart Study, making this text practical, interesting, and accessible for those with little mathematical background. The examples are real, relevant, and manageable in size so that students can easily focus on applications rather than become overwhelmed by computations. The Fourth Edition has been thoroughly updated, and now offers a new chapter on career opportunities in biostatistics and new case studies focused on COVID-19 within each chapter." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Study designs
    Quantifying the extent of disease
    Summarizing data collected in the sample
    The role of probability
    Confidence interval estimates
    Hypothesis testing procedures
    Power and sample size determination
    Multivariable methods
    Nonparametric tests
    Survival analysis
    Data visualization
    Careers in biostatistics
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    Corey S. Scher, Alan David Kaye, Henry Liu, Seth Perelman, Sarah Leavitt, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book is written to inform and improve outcomes of patients in need of blood management during surgical procedures. Information is presented in an accessible format, allowing for immediate use in clinical practice. Beginning with an overview of the history of blood transfusions, early chapters present the foundational information needed to comprehend information in later chapters. Nuanced procedures, drugs, and techniques are covered, including new biologicals to assist clotting and blood substitutes. Further discussions focus on potential complications seen in blood transfusions, such as diseases of the coagulation system, pathogen transmissions, and acute lung injuries. Chapters also examine the complexities of treating specific demographics, of which include the geriatric patient and patients suffering from substance abuse. Essentials of Blood Product Management in Anesthesia Practice is an invaluable guide for anesthesiologists, surgeons, trauma physicians, and solid organ transplant providers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nosheen Masood, Saima Shakil Malik, editors.
    Summary: This book concisely describes the role of omics in precision medicine for cancer therapies. It outlines our current understanding of cancer genomics, shares insights into the process of oncogenesis, and discusses emerging technologies and clinical applications of cancer genomics in prognosis and precision-medicine treatment strategies. It then elaborates on recent advances concerning transcriptomics and translational genomics in cancer diagnosis, clinical applications, and personalized medicine in oncology. Importantly, it also explains the importance of high-performance analytics, predictive modeling, and system biology in cancer research. Lastly, the book discusses current and potential future applications of pharmacogenomics in clinical cancer therapy and cancer drug development.

    Contents:
    1: Overview of Cancer Genomics, Organization, and Variations in the Human Genome
    2: Metabolic Changes and Their Characterization
    3: Unravelling the Genomic Targets of Small Molecules and Application of CRISPR-Cas 9 System for Genomic Editing in Cancer with Respective Clinical Applications
    4: Genome Editing in Cancer Research and Cure
    5: New Adsorption-Based Biosensors for Cancer Detections and Role of Nano-medicine in Its Prognosis and Inhibition
    6: Genomic Instability and Cancer Metastasis
    7: DNA Damage Response Pathways in Cancer Predisposition and Metastasis
    8: Adapting the Foreign Soil: Factors Promoting Tumor Metastasis
    9: MicroRNAs in Cancer: From Diagnosis to Therapeutics
    10: Metabolic and Enzyme Engineering for the Microbial Production of Anticancer Terpenoids
    11: Translational Research in Oncology
    12: Molecular Profiling of Breast Cancer in Clinical Trials: A Perspective
    13: Systems Biology and Integrated Computational Methods for Cancer-Associated Mutation Analysis
    14: Biostatistics in Clinical Oncology
    15: History of Drug Reaction in Children Suffering from Cancer
    16: Pharmacogenomics of Cisplatin-Induced Toxicity in Children
    17: Pharmacogenomics of Methotrexate-Induced Toxicity in Children
    18: Pharmacogenomics of Thiopurine-Induced Toxicity in Children
    19: Pharmacogenetics in Cancer Treatment: Challenges and Recent Trends
    20: Precision Nutraceutical Approaches for the Prevention and Management of Cancer
    21: Cancer Genomics in Precision Oncology: Applications, Challenges, and Prospects
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Erik Hansen, Klaus-Dieter Kühn.
    Summary: The Editors of "Essentials of Cemented Knee Arthroplasty" have compiled a comprehensive textbook on what many consider the most successful surgical procedure of the century. This book rounds out the compendium previously published by Springer on arthroplasty related topics: "The Well Cemented Total Hip Arthroplasty", "PMMA Cements", and "Management of Periprosthetic Joint Infection". Unique to this text is the high quality contributions from over 160 world wide experts in the field, and provides a unique international perspective on the multifaceted topic of knee replacement surgery. Sections include a focus on Surgical Indications, Implant Design, Novel Technologies, Complications, and Cementing Technique, amongst others. Each Chapter not only draws on the most current literature on the subject, but also crystalizes the most important points into clinically relevant, practically applicable "take home messages". This singular text is notable for not only its breadth, but also its depth, and will be an invaluable resource for knee arthroplasty surgeons throughout the globe. Assoc. Prof. Erik Hansen, MD, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, University of California San Francisco, USA Prof. Dr. rer. nat. Klaus-Dieter Kühn, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Medical University of Graz, Austria.

    Contents:
    Indications
    Radiographs and Outcomes
    History
    Treatment
    Clinical Care Pathways
    Implant Design
    Databases
    Cementing Techniques
    Complications
    Management-Revision
    Technology
    TBD.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Shengyan Xi, Yuewen Gong.
    Summary: Essentials of Chinese Materia Medica and Medical Formulas: New Century Traditional Chinese Medicine presents specific knowledge about the source, medicinal nature, action and application of more than 800 commonly-used Chinese materia medica, as well as the efficacy and application of more than 740 kinds of commonly-used Chinese medical formulas. Notably, all of the content is presented in table form, making the information easier to access, understand and apply. Each primary herbal medicine is introduced with color pictures, and each primary formula is presented with efficacy analysis pictures. The book provides readers with essential information on Chinese materia medica and formulas and how to use them accurately, including the most common Chinese materia medica used in clinics and in commonly used clinical formulas. This is an essential reference for traditional medical professionals and those interested in traditional Chinese medicine, including advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Yong-Lim Kim, Hideki Kawanishi, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Preparation of Dialysis
    1.Dialysis Indication and Initiation Time for Dialysis
    2.Modality Selection
    II. Hemodialysis
    1.Types of Hemodialysis
    2.Vascular Access for Hemodialysis
    3.Hemodialysis Prescription
    4.Hemodialysis Procedure
    5.Equipment for Hemodialysis: Water System and Dialyzer
    6.Dialysis Membrane and Flux
    7.Anticoagulation in Patients on Hemodialysis
    8.Kinetic Modeling and Adequacy in Hemodialysis
    9.Acute and Chronic Complication of Hemodialysis
    10.On-Line Hemodiafiltration
    III. Peritoneal Dialysis
    1.Principle of Peritoneal Dialysis
    2.Types of Peritoneal Dialysis
    3.Peritoneal Access
    4.Peritoneal Dialysis Prescription
    5.PD Adequacy
    6.Peritonitis and Exit Site Infection
    7.Complication of PD
    IV. Summary of Dialysis related Guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sabrina Campbell, Jeanette Hui, Imaan Zera Kherani, Winston Wenhuan Li, Yuliya Lytvyn, Clara Osei-Yeboah.
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Yuhao Shi, Zahra Sohani, Brandon Tang, Florentina Teoderascu.
    Contents:
    Foundations in Clinical Examination
    History & Examination of Systems
    History, Examinatino, & Clinical Information for Specific Settings.
  • Digital
    Robert L. Kane, Joseph G. Ouslander, Barbara Resnick, Michael L. Malone.
    Summary: "Essentials of Clinical Geriatrics is an engagingly written, up-to-date introductory guide to the core topics in geriatric medicine. Since 1984, its goal has remained unchanged: to help clinicians do a better job of caring for their older patients. You will find thorough and authoritative coverage of all the important issues in geriatrics, along with concise, practical guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of the diseases and disorders most commonly encountered in an elderly patient. Presented in full-color, this classic features a strong focus on the field's must-know concepts, from the nature of clinical aging to differential diagnosis of important geriatric syndromes to drug therapy and health services. The Eighth Edition has been completely revised to provide the most current updates on the assessment and management of geriatric care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Clinical implications of the aging process
    The geriatric patient: demography, epidemiology, and health services utilization
    Evaluating the geriatric patient
    Chronic disease management
    Prevention
    Delirium and dementia
    Diagnosis and management of depression
    Incontinence
    Falls
    Immobility
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Decreased vitality
    Sensory impairment
    Drug therapy
    High-value health services
    Nursing home care
    Ethical issues in the care of older persons
    Palliative care.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen P. Glasser, editor.
    Summary: In its extensively revised and updated Second Edition, this book provides a solid foundation for readers interested in clinical research. Discussion encompasses genetic, pharmacoepidemiologic and implementation research. All chapters have been updated with new information and many new tables have been added to elucidate key points. The book now offers discussion on how to handle missing data when analyzing results, and coverage of Adaptive Designs and Effectiveness Designs and new sections on Comparative Effectiveness Research and Pragmatic Trials. Chapter 6 includes new material on Phase 0 Trials, expanded coverage of Futility Trials, a discussion of Medical Device approval, Off Label Drug use and the role of the FDA in regulating advertising. Additional new information includes the role of pill color and shape in association with the placebo effect and an examination of issues surrounding minority recruitment. The final chapter offers a new section on manuscript preparation along with a discussion of various guidelines being adopted by journals: CONSORT, STROBE, PRISMA, MOOSE and others; and coverage of Conflicts of Interest, Authorship, Coercive Citation, and Disclosures in Industry-Related Associations. Building on the strengths of its predecessor in its comprehensive approach and authoritative advice, the new edition offers more of what has made this book a popular, trusted resource for students and working researchers alike.

    Contents:
    The Beginning - Historical Aspects of Clinical Research, Clinical Research: Definitions, "Anatomy and Physiology," and the Quest for "Universal Truth"
    Introduction to Clinical Research Concepts, Essential Characteristics of Clinical Research, Overview of Clinical Research Study Designs
    A Focus on Clinical Trials
    Alternative Interventional Study Designs
    Phase 4 (Postmarketing) Research
    The Role of the USA Food and Drug Administration in Clinical Research
    The Placebo and Nocebo Effect
    Recruitment and Retention in Clinical Research
    Data Safety and Monitoring Boards (DSMBs)
    Meta-analysis, Evidence-Based Medicine, and Clinical Guidelines
    Research Methods for Genetic Studies
    Research Methods for Pharmacoepidemiology Studies
    Implementation Research: Beyond the Traditional Randomized Controlled Trial
    Research Methodology for Studies of Diagnostic Tests
    Statistical Power and Sample Size: Some Fundamentals for Clinician Researchers
    Association, Cause, and Correlation
    Bias, Confounding, and Effect Modification (Interaction)
    It's All About Uncertainty
    Grant and Manuscript Writing
    The Media and Clinical Research
    Mentoring and Advising
    Presentation Skills: How to Present Research Results.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph McIsaac, Kelly McQueen, Corry Kucik.
    Summary: "The primary thrust of our book is to quickly provide guidance and prepare those anesthesia and critical care providers who respond to a disaster-whether as a volunteer traveling to help at a disaster site or as a responder who has survived a disaster event at home. The book intends to be a clinical guide to the essentials of anesthesia and critical care for disasters and austere environments. It can also serve as a guide for those doing mission work under austere conditions. It is not a comprehensive reference textbook but rather, a practical primer or refresher for the field"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Fredric E. Wondisford.
    Summary: Developed from time-tested material utilized in endocrinology courses for medical students, this comprehensive and practical guide draws together a number of related disciplines to create a straightforward and accessible approach to the study of endocrine and metabolic diseases. Designed with the student in mind, each of the main endocrine organs and disorders are covered in thematic sections on diabetes, thyroid disorders, calcium disorders, adrenal disorders, and hypothalamus and pituitary disorders. Opening with clear learning objectives, chapters within each section discuss core concepts, anatomy, embryology, histology, testing, diagnosis and pharmacology, and include clinical case scenarios and multiple choice review questions. Full-color figures and diagrams enhance and extend the content. Perfect for in-class reference or board licensing review, Essentials of Endocrinology and Metabolism is an indispensable resource for medical and nursing students alike.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Endocrinology Concepts
    Part I: Diabetes
    GPS for Diabetes
    Diabetes Types and Diagnosis
    Diabetes Complications
    Diabetes Pharmacology
    Diabetes Cases
    Part II: Thyroid
    GPS for Thyroid
    Abnormal Thyroid Function
    Thyroid Testing
    Thyroid Pharmacology
    Thyroid Nodules and Cancer
    Thyroid Cases
    Part III: Calcium
    GPS for Calcium
    Hypercalcemia
    Hypocalcemia
    Calcium Pharmacology
    Calcium Cases
    Part IV: Adrenal
    GPS for Adrenal
    Adrenal Cortex
    Adrenal Testing
    Adrenal Pharmacology
    Secondary Hypertension
    Adrenal Cases
    Part V: Hypothalamus and Pituitary
    GPS for Pituitary
    Prolactin
    Growth Hormone
    Reproductive Function
    Posterior Pituitary
    Pituitary Cases
    Puberty Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Baha Al-Shaikh, Simon G. Stacey.
    Summary: "This practical textbook comprehensively covers all the equipment used in the operating theatre and intensive care unit, including why it is used and any related safety concerns. It has been fully updated in its sixth edition to include new technologies introduced during the Covid-19 pandemic. This is ideal as the main text for all trainees undertaking the primary FRCA exams and is also suitable anyone who works with anaesthetic equipment, including anaesthetic and intensive care nurses and operating department practitioners. It features concise and consistent text and illustrations, self-assessment features, and exam tips"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Medical gas supply
    The anaesthetic machine
    Pollution in theatre and scavenging
    Breathing systems
    Tracheal tubes, tracheostomy tubes and airways
    Face masks and oxygen delivery devices
    Laryngoscopes and tracheal intubation equipment
    Ventilators
    Humidification and filtration
    Noninvasive monitoring
    Invasive monitoring
    Pumps, pain management and regional anaesthesia
    Additional equipment used in anaesthesia and intensive care
    Point-of-care testing
    Electrical safety.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mindy A Smith, Sarina Schrager, Vince WinklerPrins.
    Contents:
    Primary care and the evolving US health care system
    Population health
    Information mastery
    Working in an ambulatory care office
    Behavior change
    Patient safety in primary care
    Overview of prevention and screening
    Prenatal care
    The pediatric well-child check
    Care for the aging parent
    Acute problems: approach and treatment
    Approach to common chronic problems
    Weight management and nutrition
    Contraception
    Women's health care
    Men's health care
    Musculoskeletal problems
    Sexuality and relationship issues
    Skin problems
    Chronic pain
    Family violence
    Common psychosocial problems
    Substance use disorders
    Community engagement, health equity, and advocacy.
  • Digital
    senior editor, Peter F. Lawrence ; editors, Jessica Beth O'Connell, Matthew R. Smeds.
    Summary: "Focused on the information all medical students need to know to pass the NBME surgery shelf or other rotation examinations, this Sixth Edition of Lawrence's popular Essentials of General Surgery offers concise, high-yield content and a smaller format ideal for study on the go. Updated to reflect the latest advances in the field, this edition provides the authoritative, up-to-date content today's busy medical students need for exam success. Includes general surgery and surgical specialties all in one volume Offers authoritative information by leading surgery educators Provides five in-book practice questions per chapter, with additional questions online Focuses on high-yield information for quick reference Offers an enhanced array of online resources, including a question bank, case studies, and outlines for students and oral exam questions and an image bank for instructors Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Perioperative evaluation and management of surgical patients
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base balance
    Surgical nutrition
    Surgical bleeding: bleeding disorders, hypercoagulable states, and replacement therapy in the surgical patient
    Surgical shock
    Surgical critical care
    Wounds and wound healing
    Surgical infection
    Trauma
    Burns
    Abdominal wall, including hernia
    Esophagus
    Stomach and duodenum
    Small intestine and appendix
    Colon, rectum, and anus
    Biliary tract
    Pancreas
    Breast
    Surgical endocrinology
    Liver and spleen
    Transplantation
    Surgical oncology: malignant diseases of the skin and soft tissue
    Pediatric surgery: surgical diseases of children
    Plastic surgery: diseases of the skin and soft tissue, face, and hand
    Cardiothoracic surgery: diseases of the heart, great vessels, and thoracic cavity
    Diseases of the vascular system
    Otolaryngology: diseases of the head and neck
    Orthopedic surgery: diseases of the musculoskeletal system
    Urology: diseases of the genitourinary system
    Neurosurgery: diseases of the nervous system.
  • Digital
    Mark Edberg, PhD, Professor, Department of Prevention and Community Health, Milken Institute School of Public Health, Secondary Appointments, Department of Anthropology and Elliott School of International Affairs, The George Washington University Washington, DC.
    Summary: "This book will examine what is meant by culture, the ways in which culture intersects with health issues, how public health efforts can benefit by understanding and working with cultural processes, and a brief selection of conceptual tools and research methods that are useful in identifying relationships between culture and health. The book will also include practical guidelines for incorporating cultural understanding in public health settings, and examples of programs where that has occurred"-- Provided by publisher.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Sara E. Wilensky, Joel B. Teitelbaum.
    Summary: "Essentials of Health Policy and Law, Fifth Edition provides students of public health, medicine, nursing, public policy, and health administration with an introduction to a broad range of seminal issues in U.S. health policy and law, analytic frameworks for studying these complex issues, and an understanding of the ways in which health policies and laws are formulated, implemented, and applied. Thoroughly revised, the Fifth Edition explores the key health policy and legal changes brought about by the Biden Administration and the presently Democrat-controlled Congress. It also addresses the Covid-19 pandemic, and its many devastating and intertwined health, economic, and social consequences.KEY FEATURES:- New chapters provide an overview of Public Health and explain emergency preparedness.- Updated figures, tables, statistics, and discussion questions- New textbox icons identify discussion questions, special topics and, technical spotlights to help faculty pick and choose the appropriate content- New concluding chapter on Health Advocacy teaches readers the art and skill of advocacy.- Interactive timeline fully updated and incorporated into the eBook"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Understanding the role of and conceptualizing health policy and law
    Policy and the policymaking process
    Law and the legal system
    Overview of the United States healthcare system
    What is public health?
    Individual rights in health care and public health
    Structural and social drivers of health and the role of law in optimizing health
    Understanding health insurance
    Health economics in a health policy context
    Government health insurance programs : Medicaid, CHIP, and Medicare
    Health reform and the Patient Protection adn Affordable Care Act
    Healthcare quality policy and law
    What is public health emergency preparedness?
    The art of structuring and writing a health policy analysis
    Federal policy advicacy : advancing policy goals.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Karl E. Misulis, E. Lee Murray.
    Contents:
    Overview of hospital neurology
    Interface between hospital and outpatient neurology
    Business of hospital neurology
    Motor and sensory disturbance
    Mental status change
    Visual change
    Language ad hearing deficits
    Cranial neuropathies
    Dizziness, vertigo, and imbalance
    Pain and headache
    Neurologic complications in medical patients
    Neurologic complications in surgical patients
    Neurologic manifestations of systemic disease
    Hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy
    Brain death and persistent vegetative state
    Vascular disease
    Infectious diseases
    Cognitive disorders
    Seizures and epilepsy
    Headache
    Neuromuscular disorders
    Demyelinating diseases
    Movement disorders
    Spinal cord disorders
    Neuro-oncology
    CSF circulation disorders
    Pregnancy and neurology
    Endocrine disorders
    Nutritional deficiencies and toxicities
    Neurotoxicology
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    Neuro-otology
    Cranial nerve disorders
    Autonomic disorders
    Traumatic brain injury
    Sleep disorders
    Developmental and genetic disorders
    Psychiatric disorders
    Toolkit assessments
    Toolkit studies
    Toolkit neurologic management
    Toolkit difficult encounters.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Amitabh Gulati, Vinay Puttanniah, Brian M. Bruel, William S. Rosenberg, Joseph C. Hung, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Laxmaiah Manchikanti, editor-in-chief ; Alan D. Kaye, Frank J.E. Falco, Joshua A. Hirsch, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Considerations
    Chapter 1. Evolution of Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 2. Chronic Pain: Pathophysiology and Mechanisms
    Chapter 3. Pharmacology and Clinical Relevance of Commonly Used Drugs
    Chapter 4. Compliance and Documentation for Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 5. Sedation for Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 6. Antithrombotic and Antiplatelet Therapy
    Section II: Spinal Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 7. Anatomy of the Spine for the Interventionalist
    Chapter 8. Radiology of the Spine for the Interventionalist
    Chapter 9. Fluoroscopy in Interventional Pain Management
    Chapter 10. Needle Manipulation Techniques
    Chapter 11. Lumbar Epidural Injections
    Chapter 12. Thoracic Epidural Injections
    Chapter 13. Cervical Epidural Injections
    Chapter 14. Percutaneous Adhesiolysis
    Chapter 15. Discography
    Chapter 16. Percutaneous Lumbar Thermal Annular Procedures
    Chapter 17. Lumbar Percutaneous Mechanical Disc Decompression
    Chapter 18. Sacroiliac Joint Interventions
    Chapter 19. Lumbar Facet Joint Interventions
    Chapter 20. Thoracic Facet Joint Interventions
    Chapter 21. Cervical Facet Joint Interventions
    Chapter 22. Atlanto-Occipital and Atlanto-Axial Joint Injections
    Chapter 23. Percutaneous Image-Guided Lumbar Decompression
    Chapter 24. Vertebroplasty, Kyphoplasty, and Sacroplasty
    Section III: Nonspinal and Peripheral Nerve Blocks
    Chapter 25. Ultrasound Basics
    Chapter 26. Trigeminal Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 27. Occipital Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 28. Suprascapular Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 29. Chest Wall Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 30. Abdominal Wall Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 31. Upper Extremity Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 32. Lower Extremity Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Section IV: Sympathetic Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 33. Sphenopalatine Ganglion Blocks
    Chapter 34. Cervical and Thoracic Sympathetic Blocks
    Chapter 35. Lumbar Sympathetic Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 36. Hypogastric Plexus Blocks
    Chapter 37. Ganglion Impar Blockade
    Chapter 38. Celiac Plexus Blocks and Splanchnic Nerve Blocks
    Section V: Soft Tissue and Joint Injections
    Chapter 39. Trigger Point Injections
    Chapter 40. Tendon Insertion, Tendon Sheath, and Bursa Injections
    Chapter 41. Botulinum Toxin Injections for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 42. Upper Extremity Joint Injections
    Chapter 43. Lower Extremity Joint Injections
    Section VI: Implantables
    Chapter 44. Spinal Cord Stimulation
    Chapter 45. Intrathecal Drug Delivery Systems
    Chapter 46. Peripheral Nerve Stimulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Brian Luke Seaward.
    Contents:
    Part 1: The wellness mandala: holistic stress management. The nature of stress
    The body: the battlefield for the mind's war games
    The emotions: from a motivation of fear to a motivation of love
    The mind: the psychology of stress
    The spirit: health of the human spirit
    Part 2: Effective coping skills. Reframing: creating a positive mind-set
    Comic relief: the healing power of humor
    Simple assertiveness and healthy boundaries
    Time and money: effective resource management
    Expressive art therapy
    Creative problem solving
    Communication skills (in the information age)
    Additional coping skills
    Part 3: Effective relaxation techniques. The art of calm: relaxation through the five senses
    The art of breathing
    The art of meditation
    The power of mental imagery and visualization
    Soothing sounds: music to relax by
    Massage therapy and bodywork
    Hatha yoga
    Self-hypnosis and autogenics
    Nutrition: eating for a healthy immune system
    Physical exercise: flushing out the stress hormones
    Ecotherapy: the healing power of nature
    Additional relaxation techniques
    Part 4: Designing your personal relaxation program.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Dean R. Hess, Robert M. Kacmarek.
    Summary: "This trusted guide is written from the perspective of authors who have more than seventy-five years' experience as clinicians, educators, researchers, and authors. Featuring chapters that are concise, focused, and practical, this book is unique. Unlike other references on the topic, this resource is about mechanical ventilation rather than mechanical ventilators. It is written to provide a solid understanding of the general principles and essential foundational knowledge of mechanical ventilation as required by respiratory therapists and critical care physicians. To make it clinically relevant, Essentials of Mechanical Ventilation includes disease-specific chapters related to mechanical ventilation in these conditions"--Publisher's description.
  • Digital
    Dean R. Hess, Robert M. Kacmarek.
    Summary: "This book is intended to be a practical guide to adult mechanical ventilation. We have written this book from our perspective of nearly 100 years of experience as clinicians, educators, researchers, and authors. We have made every attempt to keep the topics current and with a distinctly clinical focus. We have reviewed every word and updated the content as necessary. We have added new content such as mechanical ventilation of the obese patient and advanced monitoring procedures. Concepts such as driving pressure are included. We have checked the content against recently published clinical practice guidelines. As in the previous editions, we have kept the chapters short, focused, and practical"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I: Principles of mechanical ventilation
    II: Ventilator management
    III: Monitoring during mechanical ventilation
    IV: Topics related to mechanical ventilation.
  • Digital
    N.V. Bhagavan, Chung-Eun Ha.
    Contents:
    The human organism: organ systems, cells, organelles, and our microbiota
    Water, acids, bases, and buffers
    Amino acids
    Three-dimensional structure of proteins and disorders of protein misfolding
    Energetics of biological systems
    Enzymes and enzyme regulation
    Clinical enzymology and biomarkers of tissue injury
    Simple carbohydrates
    Heteropolysaccharides: glycoconjugates, glycoproteins, and glycolipids
    Connective tissue: fibrous and nonfibrous proteins and proteoglycans
    Gastrointestinal digestion and absorption
    Carbohydrate metabolism I: glycolysis and the tricarboxylic acid cycle
    Electron transport chain, oxidative phosphorylation, and other oxygen-consuming systems
    Carbohydrate metabolism II: gluconeogenesis, glycogen synthesis and breakdown, and alternative pathways
    Protein and amino acid metabolism
    Lipids I: fatty acids and eicosanoids
    Lipids II: phospholipids, glycosphingolipids, and cholesterol
    Lipids III: plasma lipoproteins
    Contractile systems
    Perturbations of energy metabolism: obesity and diabetes mellitus
    Structure and properties of DNA
    DNA replication, repair, and mutagenesis
    RNA and protein synthesis
    Regulation of gene expression
    Nucleotide metabolism
    Hemoglobin
    Metabolism of iron and heme
    Endocrine metabolism I: introduction and signal transduction
    Endocrine metabolism II: hypothalamus and pituitary
    Endocrine metabolism III: adrenal glands
    Endocrine metabolism IV: thyroid gland
    Endocrine metabolism V: reproductive system
    Immunology
    Biochemistry of hemostasis
    Mineral metabolism
    Vitamin metabolism
    Water, electrolytes, and acid-base balance.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Matthew M. Lunn.
    Summary: Essentials of Medicolegal Death Investigation uses a unique approach by combining medical issues, injury patterns, and investigative procedures to provide the reader with the basic fundamentals for a death investigation. The text introduces the reader to death investigation, common causes of death, and very specific types of death, including blunt-force injuries, gunshot wounds, and toxicology deaths. Each section includes case studies with written and visual descriptions. Written by a well-known and experienced medicolegal death investigator, the book fills a void in medicolegal literature for both students and professionals alike.

    Contents: <br/
    >1. Introduction to Death Investigation;
    2. Death Scene Basics;
    3. Cause and Manner of Death;
    4. Common Natural Diseases and Disorders;
    5. Asphyxiation;
    6. Blunt-Force Injuries;
    7. Sharp-Force Injuries;
    8. Gunshot Wounds;
    9. Toxicology Deaths;
    10. Special Death Investigations;
    11. Ethical/Legal issues;
    12. Working with Families
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Shalender Bhasin, associate editors, Michael P O'Leary, Shehzad S. Basaria.
    Summary: "The textbook emphasizes pathophysiologic basis of major mens health problems, evidence-based algorithms for disease management, and integrated models of patient-centric treatment. It offers useful guidance on optimizing workflow, and patient education tools and resources, consistent with recent trends in healthcare delivery"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiological basis of androgen disorders in men / Ilpo Huhtaniemi
    Pathophysiology of erectile disfunction / Chirag N. Dave, Arthur L. Burnett, and Amin S. Herati
    The pathophysiology of male infertility / Ramy Abou Ghaydaa and Martin Kathrinsa
    Reproductive disorders associated with aging / Shalender Bhasin
    Genetics of male reproductive deficiency / Rena Xu, Cigdem Tanriku, and Robert Oates
    An rationale approach to the physical examination of men for the evaluation of male reproductive disorders / Farah Daneshvar and Bradley D. Anawalt
    Laboratory evaluation of men with reproductive disorders in the primary care setting / Maria A. Yialamas
    The effective use of the electronic health record (EHR), internet resources, and patient education materials in clinical practice / Ramy Abou Ghayda, Anna Goldman and Martin Kathrins
    Diagnosis and treatment of androgen deficiency syndromes in men / Frances J. Hayes
    Gynecomastia / Thiago Gagliano-Jucá and Shehzad Basaria
    Disordered sleep and reproductive dysfunction / Fiona Yuen, Amy James, Jeanne Wallace, and Peter Y. Liu
    Evaluation and management of erectile dysfunction / Alan W. Shindel and Tom F. Lue
    What a sex therapist wants you to know about treating men with sexual disorders / Michael A. Perelman
    The evaluation of the infertile man / Ramy Abou Ghayda, Shalender Bhasin, and Martin Kathrins
    Assisted reproductive technologies (ART) for male infertility / Martin Kathrins, Ramy Abou Ghayda, and Elena Yanushpolsky
    Contraceptive options for single men and men in stable relationships / Christina Wang and Ronald S. Swerdloff
    Genitourinary disorders in primary care / Katherine M. Rodriguez, Zachary Dao, Alexander W. Pastuszak, and Mohit Khera
    Lower urinary tract symptoms secondary to benign prostatic hyperplasia / Joseph Mahon and Kevin T. McVary
    Diagnoses and management of chronic pelvic pain in men / Iryna M. Crescenze and J. Quentin Clemens
    Screening for prostate cancer / Manuel Ozambela Jr. and Mark A. Preston
    Detection, prevention, and treatment of sexually-transmitted infections in men / Kevin L. Ard and Sigal Yawetz
    The use of body-appearance and performance-enhancing drugs and body image disorders in men / Gen Kanayama and Harrison G. Pope Jr.
    Body image, eating disorders and appearance and performance enhancing drug use in males / Trevor C. Griffen and Tom Hildebrandt
    Integrated care of the transgender and gender non-binary person / Anna Goldman and Ole-Petter R. Hamnvik
    Optimizing the use of gender affirming therapies / Jason A Park and Joshua D. Safer
    Health issues among survivors of testicular cancer and infertile men / Angel Elenkov, Stefan Arver, and Aleksander Giwercman
    Management of complications related to the treatment of localized prostate cancer / Ramy Abou Ghayda and Michael O'Leary
    Fertility and reproductive health of long-term cancer survivors / Robert E. Brannigan.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    Mervyn Deitel, editor.
    Summary: This book indicates the technique and fine points of the mini- and one-anastomosis gastric bypass, and looks at the means of revising other operations related to it. The chapters discuss postoperative complications, treatment and requirements, postoperative diet and medications, the remarkable effects on the co-morbidities of morbid obesity, and the durability of the weight loss, as well as the improvement in the quality of life. Essentials of Mini - One Anastomosis Gastric Bypass aims to help surgeons manage the difficulties encountered within this procedure and to help create improved practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Franklin Amthor, W. Anne Burton Theibert, David Standaert, Erik Roberson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Print
    Donald W. McRobbie, PhD, Associate Professor, Discipline of Medical Physics, School of Physical Sciences, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, Australia.
    Summary: "Essentials of MRI Safety is a comprehensive guide that enables practitioners to recognise and assess safety risks and follow appropriate and effective safety procedures in clinical practice. The text covers all the vital aspects of clinical MRI safety, including the bio-effects of MRI, magnet safety, occupational exposure, scanning passive and active implants, MRI suite design, institutional governance, and more. Complex equations and models are stripped back to present the foundations of theory and physics necessary to understand each topic, from the basic laws of magnetism to fringe field spatial gradient maps of common MRI scanners. Written by an internationally recognised MRI author, educator, and MRI safety expert, this important textbook: Reflects the most current research, guidelines, and MRI safety information Explains procedures for scanning pregnant women, managing MRI noise exposure, and handling emergency situations Prepares candidates for the American Board of MR Safety exam and other professional certifications Aligns with MRI safety roles such as MR Medical Director (MRMD), MR Safety Officer (MRSO) and MR Safety Expert (MRSE) Contains numerous illustrations, figures, self-assessment tests, key references, and extensive appendices Essentials of MRI Safety is an indispensable text for all radiographers and radiologists, as well as physicists, engineers, and researchers with an interest in MRI"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Systems and safety: MR hardware and fields
    Let's get physical: fields and forces
    Bio-effect 1: static fields
    Bio-effect 2: time-varying fields
    Bio-effects 3: radio-frequency fields
    Acoustic noise
    Pregnancy
    Contrast agents
    Passive implants
    Active implants
    Would you scan this? Understanding the conditions
    Location, location, location: suite design
    But what about us? Occupational exposure
    Organisation and management.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.N83 M38 2020
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Hemanshu Prabhakar, Department of Neuroanaesthesiology and Critical Care, All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi, India.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Ansgar M. Brambrink, Jeffrey R. Kirsch, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, evidence-based book is intended to serve as a reference for medical practitioners involved in the perioperative care of neurosurgical patients. Fundamental aspects of neuroanesthesiology and neurocritical care are thoroughly examined across 101 chapters, outlining key elements that are crucial to a care provider's knowledge of the practice. These elements include specific diagnostic procedures and treatment options, concepts and applicable details of the available neurosurgical interventions and techniques, and mechanisms necessary to provide top of the line care for patients. Each chapter features definitive and distinct areas of this multi-specialty discipline, and is designed to guide the reader from problem to solution in situations that can arise in the clinical setting. Essentials of Neurosurgical Anesthesia & Critical Care, 2nd edition is a problem-oriented approach textbook that will aid a wide variety of readers in handling day-to-day issues and developments relevant to the perioperative care of neurosurgical patients.

    Contents:
    Section I. Basics of Neuroanesthesia Care
    1
    The Adult Central Nervous System: Anatomy and Physiology
    2
    Neuroendocrine Physiology: Fundamentals and Common Syndromes
    3
    Cerebral Edema: Pathophysiology and Principles of Management
    4
    Management of Fluids, Electrolytes and Blood Products in Neurosurgical Patients
    5
    Key Monitoring in Neuroanesthesia: Principles, Techniques and Indications
    6
    Assessing the Anesthetized State with the Electroencephalogram
    Section II. Preoperative Concerns of the Neuroanesthesiologist
    7
    Cardiovascular Risk and Instability: Evaluation, Management and Triage
    8
    Risk Assessment and Treatment of Critical Carotid Stenosis: Suggestions for Perioperative Management
    9
    Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Complications
    10
    Traumatic Brain Injury: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Management
    11
    Rare Neurologic Disorders and Neuromuscular Diseases: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Management
    12
    Perioperative Pharmacotherapy in Neurosurgery: Risk Assessment and Planning
    13. Specific Considerations Regarding Consent and Communication with Patients and Family Prior to Neurosurgery
    14. Neurotoxicity of General Anesthetics
    15. Postoperative Neurocognitive Disorders in the Geriatric Patient
    16: The Chronic Pain Patient Scheduled For Neurosurgery
    17
    Anesthesia for Patients Scheduled for Intraoperative Electrophysiological Monitoring
    18
    Factors Influencing Outcome in Neurosurgical Anesthesia
    19
    A Comparison of Inhaled Anesthesia and Total Intravenous Anesthesia with Target-Controlled Infusion for Neuroanesthesia
    Section III. Fundamentals of Adult Neurosurgery / Neuroanesthesia
    20. Preparing for Anesthesia in Neurosurgical Patients
    21
    Basics of Neurosurgical Techniques and Procedures
    22
    Positioning the Patient for Neurosurgical Operations
    23
    The Intraoperative Team: Getting the Most out of Collaborative Care in the Operating Room
    24
    Next Level Communication
    Section IV. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Brain Surgery in Adults
    25: The "Tight Brain": Cerebral Herniation Syndrome
    26: Cerebral Ischemia: Options for Perioperative Neuroprotection
    27 : Massive Hemorrhage During Craniotomy: Emergency Management
    28: Challenges During Anesthesia for Awake Craniotomy
    29: Perioperative Challenges During Stereotactic Neurosurgery and Deep Brain Stimulator Placement
    30: Perioperative Challenges During Posterior Fossa Surgery
    31: Perioperative Challenges During Surgical Evacuation of Subdural and Epidural Hematomas
    32: Perioperative Challenges During Cerebrovascular Surgery
    33: Perioperative Challenges During Pituitary Surgery
    34: Perioperative Challenges During Craniotomy for Space-Occupying Brain Lesions
    Section V. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Spinal Surgery in Adults
    35: Perioperative Challenges in Patients With Unstable Spine
    36: Airway Crisis Associated with Cervical Spine Surgery
    37: Spinal Cord Injury During Spinal Surgery
    38: Blood Loss During Spinal Surgery
    39
    Coagulopathy in Spinal Surgery
    40
    Postoperative Visual Loss Following Spinal Surgery
    Section VI. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Other Procedures in Adult Neurosurgery
    41: Perioperative Challenges During Diagnostic and Perioperative Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    42: Perioperative Challenges During Electro Convulsive Therapy (ECT)
    43: Perioperative Challenges During Carotid Artery Revascularization
    VII. Specific Perioperative Concerns in Adult Neuroanesthesia
    44: Venous Air Embolism During Neurosurgery
    45
    Arterial Hypotension, Hypertension
    46
    Hyperthermia and Hypothermia During Neurosurgical Procedures
    47: Challenges Associated with Perioperative Monitoring During Neurosurgery
    48: Unintended Wake-up During Neurosurgery
    49: Cardiac Arrest/Code
    50: Arousal from Anesthesia: Failure to Emerge
    51: Communication Challenges During the Perioperative Period
    Section VIII. Fundamentals of Pediatric Neurosurgery and Neuroanesthesia
    52: Anatomy and Physiology of the Central Nervous System in Children
    53: Pediatric Anesthetic Care Requirements
    54: The Pediatric Airway in Neurosurgery
    55: Specific Aspects of Positioning, Fluids, Glucose Control and Temperature Management
    Section IX. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Pediatric Neurosurgery
    56:Challenges During Surgery for Hydrochephalus
    57: Challenges During Surgery for Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and Adults
    58: Challenges During Surgery for Meningomyelocele and Encephalomyelocele
    59: Challenges During Cranial Decompression
    60: Challenges During Surgery for Craniosynostosis and Craniofacial Surgery
    61: Challenges During Tumor Surgery in Children and Infants
    62: Challenges During Surgery for Vascular Anomalies in Pediatrics
    63: Challenges During Epilepsy Surgery in Pediatric Patients
    64: Challenges During Pediatric Endoscopic Neurosurgery
    65: Challenges During Diagnostic and Perioperative Imaging in Children with Brain Pathology
    Section X. Postoperative Concerns in Pediatric Neuroanesthesia
    66: Emergence from Anesthesia Following Pediatric Neurosurgery
    67: Postanesthesia Care Unit Risks Following Pediatric Neurosurgery
    68: Intensive Care Risks of Pediatric Neurosurgery
    Section XI. Fundamentals of Interventional Neuroradiology
    69: Radiation Safety in Interventional Neuroradiology
    70: Understanding Basic Techniques and Procedures in Interventional Neuroradiology
    71: Basics of Image Interpretation in Interventional Neuroradiology
    Section XII. Specific Concerns Regarding Anesthesia for Interventional Neuroradiology
    72: Procedural Challenges in Interventional Neuroradiology
    73
    Anesthesiological Challenges During Neuroradiological Interventions
    74
    Specific Challenges during Neuroradiologic Interventions in Pediatric Patients
    Section XIII. Challenges During Postoperative Anesthesia Care After Neurosurgery
    75
    Surgical Emergencies After Neurosurgery
    76
    Postoperative Respiratory Complications
    77
    Neurologic Emergencies After Neurosurgery
    78
    Hemodynamic Complications After Neurosurgery
    79
    Endocrinologic Emergencies After Neurosurgery
    80
    Postoperative Paralysis, Skin Lesions and Corneal Abrasions After Neurosurgery
    81
    Postoperative Pain Management in Patients After Neurosurgical Operations
    82
    Management of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting After Neurosurgery
    83
    The Intrahospital Transport of Neurosurgical Patients
    84
    Acute Post-op Brain Edema: Treatment Strategies
    Section XIV. Challenges in Neurocritical Care of Neurosurgical Patients
    85
    Altered Mental Status in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    86
    Cerebrovascular Vasospasm, Normal Pressure Breakthrough Edema, Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome (PRES) in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    87
    Sedation, Analgesia, and Neuromuscular Blockade in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    88
    Airway and Pulmonary Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    89
    Myocardial and Vascular Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    90
    Nutrition and Glucose
    91
    Fluid and Electrolyte Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    92
    Temperature Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    93
    Coagulation Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    94
    Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage in Neurosurgical Critical
    95
    Intracranial Monitors in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    96
    Central Nervous System Infection in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    97
    Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    98
    Withdrawal of Mechanical Ventilation in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    99
    Brain Death in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    100
    Organ Donation
    101
    Interaction with Family and Friends in Neurosurgical Critical Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fred A. Mettler, Jr., Milton J. Guiberteau.
    Summary: "Covering both the fundamentals and recent developments in this fast-changing field, Essentials of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging, 7th Edition, is a must-have resource for radiology residents, nuclear medicine residents and fellows, nuclear medicine specialists, and nuclear medicine technicians. Known for its clear and easily understood writing style, superb illustrations, and self-assessment features, this updated classic is an ideal reference for all diagnostic imaging and therapeutic patient care related to nuclear medicine, as well as an excellent review tool for certification or MOC preparation"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Radioactivity, radionuclides, and radiopharmaceuticals
    Instrumentation and quality control
    Central nervous system
    Thyroid, parathyroid, and salivary glands
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Skeletal system
    Genitourinary system and adrenal glands
    Non-PET neoplasm imaging and radionuclide therapy
    Hybrid PET/CT neoplasm imaging
    Inflammation and infection imaging
    Authorized user and radioisotope safety issues
    Self-evaluation
    Unknown case sets
    Answers to unknown case sets
    Appendices. Characteristics of radionuclides for imaging and therapy
    Radioactivity conversion table for international system (SI) units
    Radioactivity conversion table for international system (SI) units
    Technetium-99m decay and generation tables
    Other radionuclide decay tables
    Injection techniques and pediatric dosages
    Sample techniques for nuclear imaging
    Nonradioactive pharmaceuticals in nuclear medicine
    Pregnancy and breastfeeding
    General considerations for hospitalized patients receiving radionuclide therapy
    Special considerations and requirements for iodine-131 therapy
    Emergency procedures for spills of radioactive materials and special circumstances.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Rachel A. Powsner, Matthew R. Palmer, Edward R. Powsner.
    Summary: "Clear and simple guidance with excellent illustrations and examples . New chapter on basic MRI physics and instrumentation. New and refreshed discussions of the very latest technological advances in PET-MRI/SPECT/CT. Fully revised throughout"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Basic Nuclear Medicine Physics
    Interaction of Radiation with Matter
    Formation of Radionuclides
    Nonscintillation Detectors
    Scintillation Detectors
    Imaging Instrumentation
    Single-photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT)
    Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
    X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Hybrid Imaging Systems
    Image Reconstruction, Processing, and Display
    Information Technology
    Quality Control
    Radiation Biology
    Radiation Dosimetry
    Radiation Safety
    Radiopharmaceutical Therapy
    Management of Nuclear Event Casualties / Kevin Donohoe, Rachel A Powsner, Edward R Powsner
    Appendix A: Common Nuclides
    Appendix B: Major Dosimetry for Common Pharmaceuticals
    Appendix C: Guide to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Publications
    Appendix D: Recommended Reading by Topic
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Virginia K. Saba, Kathleen A. McCormick.
    Summary: In the years since the previous edition of "Essentials in Nursing Informatics" was published, U.S. hospitals have achieved nearly universal adoption of electronic health record systems (EHR). This edition incorporates updated teaching aids to help educators develop more sophisticated users of technology, who are equipped to improve processes and workflows that result in safer, more effective, and efficient patient care. Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Nursing Informatics Technologies
    System Standards
    System Life Cycle
    Informatics Theory Standards
    Policies and Quality Measures in Healthcare
    Nursing Practice Applications
    Advanced Applications for the Fourth Nursing IT Revolution
    Educational Applications
    Research Applications
    Appendix Clinical Care Classification (CCC) System: Overview, Applications, and Analyses
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2021
  • Digital
    editors: by Sumantra (Shumone) Ray and Mariana Markell.
    Summary: Good nutrition is essential for health and the treatment of disease. This new handbook aims to provide students, doctors and healthcare professionals with essential information to apply medical nutrition theory in their everyday practice. Essentials of Nutrition in Medicine and Healthcare: A Practical Guide takes a systems-based approach to medical nutrition. It includes the pathophysiology of nutrition-related disease as well as the clinical application of nutrition theory in disease management and the role of nutrition in public health. It covers the basics of physiology and biochemistry, including relevant drug-nutrient interactions. This will be an invaluable asset for all those not already trained in clinical and public health nutrition who wish to understand more about nutrition and its role in the management and prevention of disease. Practical and easy to understand Provides a sound explanation of underlying principles Summarises clinically important nutritional approaches to disease management Covers cutting edge topics in public health Summary boxes of relevant drug-nutrient interactions Case studies and self-test questions to encourage learning Aligns with Kumar and Clark's Clinical Medicine An enhanced eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Nutrition
    Basic Principles of Screening and Assessment
    Basic Principles of Nutritional Care Pathways
    Basic Principles of Acute and Chronic Nutrition Support
    Nutrition in Respiratory Medicine
    Nutrition in Cardiovascular and Cerebrovascular Medicine
    Nutrition in Endocrine (Obesity/Diabetes) and Reproductive Medicine
    Nutrition in Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary Medicine
    Nutrition in Hypertension and Kidney Medicine
    Nutrition in Musculoskeletal and Disability Medicine
    Nutrition in Haematology and Oncology
    Immunology and Allergy
    Nutrition and Mental Health
    Nutrition in Public Health, Policy, Prevention and Implementation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024]
  • Digital
    [edited by] Amar Agarwal, Dhivya Ashok Kumar.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Prakash P. Punjabi.
    Summary: This book will aid surgeons in mastering the essential skills necessary in the ever expanding field of cardiac surgery. As well as presenting basic surgical principles, emphasis throughout the book has been placed on providing essential tips to make every cardiac surgical operation easy, reproducible and safe to perform, and tricks to enable surgeons to manage the difficult situations they are likely to encounter and prevent serious complications. Essentials of Operative Cardiac Surgery is an indispensable text for trainees and established consultants in adult cardiac surgery.

    Contents:
    Echocardiography In Cardiac Surgery
    Basic Set Up In Cardiac Surgery
    Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Aortic Valve Surgery
    Mitral Valve Surgery
    Tricuspid Valve Surgery
    Aortic Surgery
    Cardiac Tumours.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Prakash P. Punjabi, Panagiotis G. Kyriazis, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides a practically applicable guide to a range of essential techniques in cardiac surgery. As well as presenting basic surgical principles, emphasis is placed on providing detailed instructions on how to perform each technique. Practically relevant guidance on how to effectively manage potential complications is also featured for standard and complex cardiac surgical procedures (e.g., aortic surgical interventions, David's procedure, tricuspid valve interventions etc.). Essentials of Operative Cardiac Surgery systematically reviews a comprehensive range of diagnostic technologies and surgical interventions in cardiac surgery, thus providing the reader with an in-depth, detailed and step-by-step synopsis of almost all routine, standard and advanced surgical techniques. Therefore, this book provides an indispensable primer for practising as well as trainee cardiac surgeons and serves both as a basic and advanced treatise.

    Contents:
    Echocardiography in Cardiac surgery
    Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging In Cardiac Surgery
    Systemic Inflammatory Response and Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Basic Setup in Adult Cardiac Surgery
    Coronary Artery Bypass Graft with Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Off pump Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Aortic Valve Repair/Replacement
    Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Degenerative Repair
    Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Degenerative Replacement
    Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Ischemic Repair
    Minimally Invasive Mitral Valve Repair/Replacement
    Tricuspid Valve Repair/ Replacement
    Cannulation Strategies for Aortic Root Surgery
    Ascending Aortic Aneurysm Surgery
    Ascending Aortic Dissection Surgery
    Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement (Yacoub Remodelling Technique)
    Valve-Sparing Aortic Root Surgery: The Reimplantation Technique
    Coronary Artery Bypass Graft vs Percutaneous Intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Honorio T. Benzon, Srinivasa N. Raja, Spencer S. Liu, Scott M. Fishman, Steven P. Cohen ; associate editors, Robert W. Hurley, Khalid Malik, Philip Peng.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Sudarshan Kumar Khokhar, Chirakshi Dhull, editors.
    Summary: The book highlights various pediatric cataract surgeries. It covers variants of pediatric cataract along with other rare morphologies. It covers selected challenging clinical situations along with surgical management steps. Additionally, it includes the management of surgical complications. The book provides relevant concise text supported by clinical pictures and 50 short videos. This book is a collection of clinical images and videos over 2 decades. Chapters cover recent advances in the field of pediatric cataract, such as ultrasound biomicroscopy, intraoperative rhexis assistant, operative room aberrometry. The accompanying video describes the surgical procedures with a voiceover lucidly explaining every step. It discusses unique cases of buphthalmous with cataract, anterior segment dysgenesis, persistent fetal vasculature and pre-existing persistent capsular defect with their latest management techniques. This book is relevant for practicing ophthalmologists and students alike.

    Contents:
    Part I: Management of pediatric cataract
    Pre-operative evaluation and investigative modalities in pediatric cataract
    Anesthesia considerations
    IOL power calculation
    Step wise surgical treatment of pediatric cataract
    Bag in the lens
    Secondary IOL in congenital cataract
    Intra-operative and post-operative complications
    Visual axis opacification management
    Post-operative management
    Part II: Pediatric cataract surgery in challenging situations
    Surgery in different scenario - big eyes and small eyes, plaques - anterior and posterior
    Persistent fetal vasculature
    Pre-existing posterior capsular defect
    Management of subluxated lens and spherophakia
    Traumatic cataract
    Uveitic and complicated cataract
    Infective cataract (TORCH)
    Anterior segment dysgenesis including aniridia
    Cataract associated with ROP, retinal pathologies and miscellaneous cataract (drug induced, radiation induced, albinism).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sulpicio Soriano, Craig McClain.
    Summary: Due to the differences in the neurophysiology and cranial development of infants and children, the anesthetist's approach to the pediatric neurosurgical patient cannot simply be modelled on that for adults. Infants and children undergoing anesthesia for neurosurgical procedures therefore present unique challenges for the anesthetist. Essentials of Pediatric Neuroanesthesia is a practical guide to best practice in managing the perioperative care of pediatric neurosurgical patients, providing comprehensive information on the techniques to administer anesthesia and sedation to this vulnerable patient group. The chapters, written by leading experts, highlight clinical pearls as well as key recommended references, providing rapid access to vital information in the care of the pediatric neurosurgical patient. It is the first book of its kind to be dedicated solely to neuroanesthesia for pediatric patients, making it an essential read for both experienced and trainee pediatric anesthetists and neuroanesthetists.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Terri Goodman, PhD, RN, CNOR, Terri Goodman & Associates, Dallas, Texas, Cynthia Spry, MA, MS, RN, CNOR, CSIT, Independent Clinical Consultant, New York, New York.
    Summary: This guide to the operating room orientation process is an educational companion tool designed to provide a framework for developing an educational program or supplementing an existing one, a resource to facilitate independent study, and an on-going reference for OR nursing staff. Each chapter provides an outline, lesson content, programmed instructional exercises, test, references, and information that is basic, significant, and essential to each topic. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to perioperative nursing
    Preparing the patient for surgery
    Prevention of infection : instrument processing
    Aseptic practices : preparing the sterile field and the patient for surgery
    Prevention of injury : positioning the patient for surgery
    Prevention of retained surgical items
    Prevention of injury : hemostasis, tourniquets, and electrosurgical equipment
    Effective management of surgical instrumentation
    Prevention of injury : wound management
    Prevention of injury : anesthesia and medication safety
    Environment of care and life safety.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Muhammad Sajid Hamid Akash, Kanwal Rehman.
    Summary: Recent advances in the pharmaceutical sciences and biotechnology have facilitated the production, design, formulation and use of various types of pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals. This book provides detailed information on the background, basic principles, and components of techniques used for the analysis of pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals. Focusing on those analytical techniques that are most frequently used for pharmaceuticals, it classifies them into three major sections and 19 chapters, each of which discusses a respective technique in detail. Chiefly intended for graduate students in the pharmaceutical sciences, the book will familiarize them with the components, working principles and practical applications of these indispensable analytical techniques.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1: Introduction to Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Types of Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.1 Qualitative Analysis
    1.2.2 Quantitative Analysis
    1.2.3 Classical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.3.1 Gravimetry
    1.2.3.2 Titrimetry
    1.2.3.3 Volumetry
    1.2.4 Instrumental Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.4.1 Optical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    Absorption of Radiation Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    Emission of Radiation Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis 1.2.4.2 Chromatographic Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.4.3 Electrochemical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.5 Radiochemical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.6 Thermal Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.3 Where We Do Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.4 Socio-Economic Impact of Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.5 Regulatory Issues for Pharmaceutical Analysis: The Present Situation and Future Trends
    1.6 Basic Requirements for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.7 Terms Used in Analytical Techniques
    1.7.1 Analyte
    1.7.2 Analytical Blank
    1.7.3 Standard Solution 1.7.3.1 Molarity
    1.7.3.2 Normality
    1.7.3.3 Primary Standard Solution
    1.7.3.4 Secondary Standard Solution
    1.7.4 Indicators
    1.7.5 Calibration of Analytical Method for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.7.6 Statistical Analysis
    1.7.6.1 Errors
    1.7.6.2 Types of Errors
    Determinate Errors
    Instrumental Errors
    Personal Errors
    Operative Errors
    Reagent Errors
    Constant Errors
    Proportional Errors
    Errors in Method
    Absolute Error
    Relative Error
    Indeterminate Errors
    Sources of Errors
    1.7.6.3 Limit of Detection
    1.7.6.4 Limit of Quantification 1.7.6.5 Linearity
    1.7.6.6 Range of Method
    1.7.6.7 Selectivity
    1.7.7 Sensitivity
    1.7.8 Accuracy
    1.7.9 Precision
    1.7.10 Repeatability
    1.7.11 Reproducibility
    1.7.11.1 Within-Laboratory Reproducibility
    1.7.11.2 Between-Laboratory Reproducibility
    1.7.11.3 Dilution
    1.7.11.4 Analysis of Variance
    1.8 Properties of Drug
    1.8.1 Physical Properties of Drugs
    1.8.2 Chemical Properties of Drugs
    1.9 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)/Protocols
    1.10 Applications of Pharmaceutical Analysis
    Further Reading
    2: Introduction to Spectrophotometric Techniques
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey E. Janis.
    Summary: "The second edition of a bestseller, this new edition has been totally revised and updated with 10 new chapters and many new contributors. It provides essential information in a convenient and easily accessible outline format and is small enough to fit in a lab coat pocket, while still providing comprehensive coverage of the essential topics in aesthetic and reconstructive surgery. The book does not skimp on coverage of aesthetic surgery, face lift, neck lift, fillers, and breast augmentation are given equal time with reconstructive topics such as wound healing, flaps, and microsurgery"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    pt. 1. Fundamentals and basics
    pt. 2. Skin and soft tissue
    pt. 3. Head and neck
    pt. 4. Breast
    pt. 5. Trunk and lower extremity
    pt. 6. Hand, wrist, and upper extremity
    pt. 7. Aesthetic surgery.
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey E. Janis.
    Summary: "Essentials of Plastic Surgery, Third Edition by renowned plastic surgeon Jeffrey E. Janis and an impressive group of esteemed colleagues, retains its reader-friendly formatting, while featuring extensive updates that reflect significant changes in the field. The book is organized by the same seven sections as the prior edition: Fundamentals and Basics; Skin and Soft Tissue; Head and Neck; Breast; Trunk and Lower Extremity; Hand, Wrist, and Upper Extremity; and Aesthetic Surgery. The new edition includes 127 chapters, as well as updated and expanded references that guide readers to classic and definitive articles and chapters." -- Publishers website "New chapters include Pain Management in Plastic Surgery, Decreasing Complications in Plastic Surgery, Basics of Plastic Surgery Wound Closure, Scars and Scar Management, Skin Grafting, Posterior Trunk Reconstruction, Perineal Reconstruction, Nerve Transfers, Targeted Muscle Reinnervation, Hand Rehabilitation, Basics of Skin Care, Aesthetic Facial Anatomy, Secondary Rhinoplasty, Buttock Augmentation, and Male and Female Aesthetic Genital Surgery. Breakout chapters covering breast reconstruction and nonsurgical facial rejuvenation reflect new procedures developed since publication of the second edition." -- Publishers website.
  • Print
    edited by Alex P. Jones, Jeffrey E. Janis ; with the assistance of Anna R. Barnard.
    Summary: "This publication is a companion to the popular Essentials of Plastic Surgery textbook and provides readers with a comprehensive Q & A book to help them cement the core principles covered within the Essentials text. More than 1000 questions in 102 chapters are presented. The content is structured as multiple choice questions (MCQ) and extended matching questions (EMQ) single best answer format. Furthermore, to increase understanding and context, additional references are provided that help clarify the answers. Each chapter mirrors the equivalent chapter from Essentials with the same format and many of the images and tables are reproduced. Furthermore, the layout ensures answers are not accidentally seen during testing. Questions are repeated in the answer section to avoid the reader having to page back and forth. The answer is fully explained and correct and incorrect answers are justified. This book will be a useful adjunct to the Essentials book on which it is based"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Fundamentals and basics
    part 2. Skin and soft tissue
    part 3. Head and neck
    part 4. Breast
    part 5. Trunk and lower extremity
    part 6. Hand, wrist, and upper extremity
    part 7. Aesthetic surgery.
  • Digital
    Jones, Alex P., Janis, Jeffrey E.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    editors, Robert C. Smith, Gerald G. Osborn, Francesca C. Dwamena, Dale D'Mello, Laura Freilich, Heather S. Laird-Fick.
    Contents:
    Three axioms of mental health care for medical settings
    Evaluating physical symptoms
    Mental health care model
    Major depression and related disorders
    Generalized anxiety and related disorders
    Prescription substance misuse and other substance misuse
    The diagnostic interview
    Other mental disorders
    Psychotic disorders
    Personality disorders
    Enhancing your own care.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019
  • Digital
    Mohammad Jafferany, Bárbara Roque Ferreira, Arsh Patel.
    Summary: Patients with psychocutaneous disease may present to multiple professionals to seek care. The multidimensional nature of the conditions can lead to specialists being fearful of how to properly manage patients. For example, a dermatologist may be unfamiliar and uncomfortable with acquiring sensitive psychosocial information and a psychiatrist may not know management protocols of wound care related to the patients condition. With the basic information provided in The Essentials of Psychodermatology, healthcare providers can increase their comfort and become less hesitant when making decisions in determining the proper treatment course and assessing the need for referral. This book provides vital information for a multidisciplinary audience to spark collaboration, increased awareness, and ultimately, improved patient-care and will find audience with: Healthcare providers from multiple diverse fields such as, but not limited to, family medicine, dermatology, and psychiatry; Physicians, physicians assistants, nurses, psychologists, and students with exposure to patients with psychocutaneous conditions and/or a special interest in the field; and Professors, educators, and researchers with an interest in psychodermatology or interdisciplinary medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: why to study psychodermatology and to whom it may concern
    2. Skin and psyche: psychoneuroendocrinoimmunology
    3. Basic principles of dermatology applied to psychodermatology
    4. Basic principles of psychopathology applied to psychodermatology
    5. Classification and terminology of psychodermatologic disorders
    6. Screening questionnaires, scales and approach to patients with psychodermatologic disorders
    7. Psychophysiologic dermatoses
    8. Dermatoses with important psychiatric and social co-morbidities
    9. Psychodermatologic disorders with primary psychopathology
    10. Cutaneous sensory disorders
    11. Common psychotropic treatments used in dermatology, how and when to use
    12. Principles of psychotherapy applied to the psychodermatologic disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Timothy R. Deer, Nomen Azeem, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the development of radiofrequency ablation (RFA) for the treatment of chronic pain. The book consists of three sections; it begins with the foundations of RFA by examining its history, development, mechanisms of action, and types. The second section explores various indications for RFA, including cervical pain, spinal metastasis, vertebral body, and hip joint pain. The final section then discusses the utilization of peripheral nerve ablation. The book concludes with future indications and forward-looking options for these therapies. Essentials of Radiofrequency Ablation of the Spine and Joints is a forward-looking resource that recognizes the expanding field of RFA indications and new tools for ablation.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Foundations of RFA
    1. History/Development of Radiofrequency Ablation (for Chronic Pain)
    2. Mechanism of Action of Radiofrequency Ablation
    3. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Pulsed RFA
    4. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Cool RFA
    5. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Monopolar/Bipolar
    Part II. Indications for RFA
    6. Cervical Pain
    7. Thoracic Pain
    8. Lumbar Pain
    9. Vertebral Body (Basiverterbral nerve) .-10. Spinal Metastasis
    11. Sacroiliac Joint Pain.-12. Hip Joint Pain
    13. Knee Joint Pain
    14. Shoulder Joint Pain
    Part III. Other Indications and the Future of RFA
    15. Peripheral nerve ablation
    16. Future Indications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Fred A. Mettler, Jr.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Introduction
    Ch. 2. Head and soft tissues of face and neck
    Ch. 3. Chest
    Ch. 4. Breast
    Ch. 5. Cardiovascular system
    Ch. 6. Gastrointestinal system
    Ch. 7. Genitourinary system and retroperitoneum
    Ch. 8. Skeletal system
    Ch. 9. Nonskeletal pediatric imaging.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Alan David Kaye, Richard D. Urman, Nalini Vadivelu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hitesh Verma, Alok Thakar, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a practical guide for the otorhinolaryngologists to better understand the diseases of the sinonasal region, diagnosis, and management. The detailed knowledge of the complex anatomy of the sinonasal region is the key to surgical success. The text aims to help budding and practicing rhinologists to get an essence abreast of the current scientific advancement by engaging rhinologists with excellent awareness and knowledge as contributors. The book expands its span afar the usual by including topics on complications of endoscopic surgeries, empty sinus syndrome, packing material, open transcranial approach, biofilm, instruments, cavity management, and improved quality of life, etc. The purpose of microbiology, interventional radiology, pathology and nuclear medicine in the diagnosis and management of sinonasal diseases is contributed by authors from allied specialties. This book will be a useful resource for medical students, postgraduates in ENT, practicing rhinologists and general physicians in treating sinonasal diseases. .

    Contents:
    Endoscopic anatomy and surgery
    Rhinoplasty anatomy and procedures
    Nasal physiology and sinusitis
    Granulomatous disease and faciomaxillary trauma
    Diagnostic method and instrumentation in rhinology
    Tumours of nose and paranasal sinuses
    Extended procedures
    Prevention and management of complications
    Septum, adenoid and epistaxis
    Radiotherapy, chemotherapy and quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Matthew Kroh, Sricharan Chalikonda, editors.
    Summary: Essentials of Robotic Surgery is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of-the-art approach to robotic surgery within the broad confines of general surgery. Sections address preliminary issues surgeons face when initially undertaking robotics. These areas include training, basic techniques, setup, and general troubleshooting. Subsequent chapters focus on specific disease processes and the robotic applications for those procedures. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections address patient selection, preoperative considerations, technical conduct of the most common operations, and avoiding complications. A brief review of the existing literature addressing the particular topic follows in each section. The text concludes with chapters on other robotic platforms beyond the only current FDA approved device (Intuitive Surgical) as well as future directions, including single-site, enhanced imaging, 3-D modeling, and tele-proctoring, including to and distant site surgery. Extensive illustrations and links to video make this an interactive text. Essentials of Robotic Surgery is of great value to general surgeons and associated sub-specialists, trainees including residents and fellows, fully trained surgeons looking to start a robotic surgery practice, and experienced robotic surgeons looking to expand the types of procedures that they currently perform robotically.

    Contents:
    History of and Current Systems in Robotic Surgery
    Training and Credentialing in Robotic Surgery
    Basic Set-Up, Principles, and Troubleshooting in Robotic Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Esophageal Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Gastric Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Bariatric Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Colon Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Rectal Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Hepato-Biliary Surgery, Including Cholecystectomy
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Pancreatic Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Endocrine Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Major Pulmonary Resection
    Single-Site Surgery
    Advanced Imaging, Tele-proctoring, and Off-Site Surgery
    Future Directions and Alternate Systems for Robotic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hans Behrbohm, MD, PhD, Professor and Director, Department of Otolaryngology, Facial Plastic Surgery Park-Klinik Weissensee, Teaching Hospital of the Charité University Hospital, Berlin, Germany ; Eugene Tardy Jr. MD, FACS Professor Emeritus and Former Director, Division of Facial Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, USA ; with contribution from Wibke Behrbohm [and 18 others].
    Summary: "Essentials of Septorhinoplasty: Philosophy-Approaches-Techniques, Second Edition, integrates the functional and aesthetic aspects of complex nasal surgery to address both cosmetic and breathing issues that often occur simultaneously. Fully revised and updated, this new edition covers surgery of the septum, open rhinoplasty techniques, and closed endonasal techniques, as well as anatomy, diagnosis and preoperative planning, patient psychology, postoperative treatment, and potential complications. Illustrations detailing surgical steps and before-and-after photographs to help plan procedures make this book a complete and practical guide to septorhinoplasty. Features: New and expanded discussion of biostatic surgery, submucosal septal surgery, radiofrequency surgery, endoscopic procedures, DCF implants, and more. Step-by-step description of operative procedures, including the latest graft and suture techniques. More than 600 exquisite illustrations and high-quality color photographs that enhance the text. Contributions from renowned names in the fields of otolaryngology and facial plastic surgery. Essentials of Septorhinoplasty: Philosophy-Approaches-Techniques, Second Edition, is the only book of its kind to incorporate functional and aesthetic considerations in nasal surgery. It is a beneficial addition to the library of any otolaryngologist, facial plastic surgeon, and maxillofacial surgeon who aims to improve both form and function of the nose"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Dual character of nasal surgery
    Contemporary rhinoplasty: personal principles and philosophy
    Facial proportions and aesthetic ideals in rhinoplasty
    Physiology and pathophysiology of nasal breathing
    Preoperative management
    Principles of modern septoplasty
    Structural grafting via the external rhinoplasty approach
    Endonasal tip rhinoplasty approaches and techniques
    Alar reduction and sculpture
    The deviated nose
    The functional tension nose, the overprojected nose
    The saddle nose -causes and pathogenesis, approaches and operative techniques, principles of tissue replacement in the nose
    Rhinoplasty after cleft lip repair
    Nasal trauma
    Postoperative care and management.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Miles Fisher, Gerard McKay.
    Contents:
    Overview of Type 2 diabetes
    SGLT2 inhibitors for treating diabetes
    Guidelines for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes mellitus
    Using SGLT2 inhibitors in special populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by M. Safwan Badr, Jennifer L. Martin.
    Contents:
    SECTION I: INTRODUCTION TO SLEEP MEDICINE
    Normal human sleep
    Pharmacology of Sleep
    Health disparities in sleep medicine
    Models of care for patients with sleep disorders/care coordination
    Cases
    SECTION II: SLEEP DISORDERED BREATHING
    Sleep Disordered Breathing: Epidemiology and clinical presentation
    Sleep Disordered Breathing: Diagnosis
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Pathophysiology and Clinical management (treatments)
    Central Sleep Apnea: Pathophysiology and clinical management
    Hypoventilation during sleep
    Peri-operative care for patients with obstructive sleep apnea
    SDB in pediatric populations
    Cases
    SECTION III: OTHER SLEEP DISORDERS
    Diagnosis of insomnia disorder
    Treatment of insomnia (CBT-I and pharmacotherapy)
    Circadian Rhythm Sleep Wake Phase Disorders
    Narcolepsy
    Parasomnias
    Movement disorders
    Sleep in critical illness
    Sleep in hospitalized patients
    Sleep in pregnancy
    Sleep in older patients
    Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Langston T. Holly, Paul A. Anderson, editors.
    Summary: This text includes stabilization techniques for the entire spinal column, ranging from the cranio-cervical junction to the pelvis. The information is presented in an easily digestible format that is suitable for those in school or training, yet includes pearls and insight that can be appreciated by even the most seasoned surgeon. The text is divided into major sections based on the anatomical regions of the spine - cervical, thoracic, and lumbosacral. An additional section is devoted to related surgical concepts and principles such as spinal biomechanics and bone grafting options. Each chapter has a uniform design including background, indications, patient selection, preoperative considerations, surgical technique, technical pearls, and strategies for complication avoidance. Preoperative and postoperative images and/or illustrations are utilized to highlight the presented information. - Description from publisher, viewed April 26, 2018.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alpaslan Şenköylü, Federico Canavese, editors.
    Summary: This concise textbook covers the full spectrum of spine surgery-related topics in a comprehensive yet easy-to-follow, readily accessible format. Addressing trauma, deformity, degeneration, oncology and infections, both in pediatric and adult patients, it provides a broad overview of this complex surgical discipline. Subdivided into four parts, each chapter exhaustively addresses a clinical problem, ranging from signs and symptoms, physical examination through differential diagnoses and classification to treatment options, possible complications and follow-ups. In appendix the reader will find relevant classifications, indexes, questionnaires and quality of life assessments. Didactical videos complement the book illustrating essential basic spine surgery techniques in the daily practice. Written by an international panel of experts this practical and handy guide is an invaluable tool for trainees of both orthopedic surgery and neurosurgery, spine fellows, and junior spine surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part-1 Pediatric Spine Trauma
    1. Pediatric cervical injuries
    2. Thoracolumbar Spine Injuries in Children
    3 Atlanto-axial (C1-C2) subluxation and dislocation
    4 Spinal Cord Injury without Radiographic Abnormality
    Part-2 Adult Spine Trauma
    5 Upper cervical injuries
    6 Sub-axial cervical spine injurie
    7 Thoracolumbar injuries
    9 Spinal cord injury and related conditions
    10 Osteoporotic fractures
    Part-3 Pediatric Spine Pathology
    11 Back pain in children
    12 Congenital scoliosis
    13 Early onset idiopathic scoliosis
    14 Syndromic scoliosis
    15 Early onset neuromuscular scoliosis
    16 Idiopathic scoliosis: gebe
    17 Progression risk of Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis during puberty and natural history
    18 Conservative Treatment for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    19 Determination of the fusion levels in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    20 Late onset neuromuscular scoliosis
    21 Postural kyphosis
    22 Scheuermann Disease
    23 Cervical Kyphosis in Neurofibromatosis type I
    24 Congenital kyphosis
    25 Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis
    26 Disc Bulging and Herniation in Children and Adolescents
    27 Schmorls nodes
    28 Congenital Torticollis (torticollis not related to trauma)
    29 Klippel Feil Syndrome
    30 Chiari malformation
    31 Spinal dysraphism
    32 Sacralization of the 5th Lumbar Vertebra
    33 Osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma
    34 Osteochondroma
    35 Eosinophilic Granuloma (Vertebra Plana)
    36 Medulloblastoma and other seeding tumors
    37 Spinal astrocytoma
    38 Osteosarcoma
    39 Ewing sarcoma
    40 Discitis in Pediatric spine
    Part-4 Adult Spine Pathology
    41 Back pain and its generators
    42 Cervical degenerative disc disease (including cervical disc herniation)
    43 Cervical spondylotic myelopathy (CSM)
    44 Thoracic disc herniation
    45 Lumbar degenerative disc disease (including lumbar disc herniation)
    46 Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
    47 Degenerative instability
    48 Neglected idiopathic scoliosis
    49 De Novo deformity
    50 Sagittal plane malalignment
    51 Post-traumatic Kyhphosis
    52 Post-infectious deformity
    53 Pagets disease
    54 Ankylosing disorders of the spine: AS and DISH
    55 Vertebral Hemangioma
    56 Aneurismal bone cyst
    57 Giant cell tumor
    58 Spinal Meningioma
    59 Spinal Nerve Sheath Tumor
    60 Spinal Ependymoma
    61 Plasmacytoma
    62 Chordoma
    63 Metastatic lesions of spine
    64 Tuberculosis of spine
    65 Pyogenic spondylodiscitis
    66 Post-surgical spinal infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Marta C. Cohen, Irene Scheimberg.
    Summary: Essentials of Surgical Pediatric Pathology is a clear and practical yet comprehensive guide for trainee pediatric pathologists and non-pediatric pathologists. Each chapter corresponds to one of the main subspecialties, such as dermatopathology, head and neck pathology, and system pathology. Practical guidance is given on handling pediatric specimens and the authors highlight the ways in which common conditions present differently in adults and children. Other chapters cover conditions typical of childhood, including soft tissue tumors and blue round cell tumors. The chapters begin with a brief clinical presentation, followed by a clear macroscopical and histological description of the principal pathologies seen in children. Up-to-date genetic and immunohistochemical information is provided, and the book includes hundreds of high-quality color images. Written and edited by leading international experts in the field, this is an essential resource for trainee pediatric pathologists, as well as general pathologists who may encounter pediatric cases.

    Contents:
    Skin / Isabel Colmenero, Antonio Torrelo, and Miguel Reyes-Mugica
    Gastrointestinal tract / Marie-Anne Brundler, Paula Borralho, Riitta Karikosky, Paola Domizio, and Marta C. Cohen
    Hepatobiliary system and pancreas / Jens Stahlschmidt, Eumenia Castro, and Dolores Lopez-Terrada
    The head and neck / Jo MacPartland, Alena Skalova, Rajeev Shukla, and Roman
    Kodet
    Respiratory system / Gail Deutsch and Erin R. Rudzinski
    Endocrine / Maria Teresa Davila, Laura Galluzzo, Derek de Saa, and Irene
    Scheimberg
    Lymph nodes, bone marrow, and immunodeficiencies / Bo-Yee Ngan, Jo-Anne Vergilio, and Megan S. Lim
    Kidneys and lower urinary tract pathology / Marie-Anne Brundler, Aurore Coulomb and Gordan Vujanic
    The reproductive system / Katja Gwin, Naveena Singh, Allison Cavallo, and Miguel Reyes-Mugica
    The breast / Pamela Lyle, Jane Dahlstrom, and Melinda E. Sanders
    Soft tissue tumors in young patients / Cheryl M. Coffin, Mariana M. Cajaiba, Justin M.M. Cates, and Rita Alaggio
    Bone and joint lesions / Paul S. Dickman and Julie C. Fanburg-Smith
    Neuropathology / David A. Ramsay and Fabiana Lubienicki
    Introduction to small round cell tumors of childhood / Erin R. Rudzinski
    Molecular genetics and diagnostic techniques / Luc Laurier Oligny.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    Vivian Gahtan, Michael J. Costanza, editors.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and imaging
    Surgical and endovascular technique and tools
    Peripheral arterial thrombosis/emboli
    Compartment syndrome
    Diabetic foot infection
    PAD and claudication
    Critical limb ischemia
    Lower extremity amputations
    Deep venous thrombosis
    Superficial thrombophlebitis
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    Varicose veins
    Inferior vena cava filters
    Vascular injuries in the neck
    Vascular injuries in the abdomen
    Extremity vascular injuries
    Temporary venous catheters
    Arteriovenous hemodialysis access
    Access complications
    Arterial occlusive disease: carotid, mesenteric, renal
    Aortic pathology: AAA, dissection, traumatic transection
    Non-atherosclerotic vascular disease: vasculitis, popliteal entrapment, hypercoaguable
    Surgical and endovascular complications: infection, hemorrhage.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stefano Zaffagnini, Roland Becker, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, João Espregueira-Mendes and C. Niek Dijk, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an update on a wide variety of hot topics in the field of knee surgery, sports trauma, and arthroscopy, covering the latest developments in basic science and clinical and surgical methods. It comprises the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 16th ESSKA Congress, which was held in Amsterdam during May 2014 and brought together the worlds leading orthopaedic and sports physicians. The contributions are all written by European and international experts in their field. Each lecture has a practical focus and provides an up-to-date synthesis of core knowledge on the subject in question with the aid of high-quality illustrations. Take home messages and key recommendations are highlighted. This book will be of value to practitioners and researchers alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Fares Haddad, Michael T. Hirschmann, Jón Karlsson, Romain Seil, editors.
    Summary: "This book, comprising the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 18th ESSKA Congress in Glasgow in 2018, provides an excellent update on current scientific and clinical knowledge in the field of Orthopaedics and Sports Traumatology. A variety of interesting and controversial topics relating to the shoulder, elbow, hip, knee, and foot are addressed, all of which are very relevant to the daily practice of orthopaedic surgeons. All of the contributions are written by well-known experts from across the world. The presentations will enable the reader to gain a better understanding of pathologies and may permit more individualized treatment of patients. The book will be of interest to clinicians and researchers alike."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Advances in the treatment of complex knee injuries
    "Small" fractures below the knee: do not miss
    do not mistreat!.- Meniscal injuries, management and outcome.- Basic concepts in hip arthroscopy.- Osteotomy, the surgical details you want to know.- Fast-track in TKA surgery- where are we now?.- New insights in diagnosis and treatment of distal biceps pathology.- Visualisation and anesthesia in shoulder arthroscopy.- The role of arthroscopy in ankle instability treatment.- Combined meniscus and cartilage lesions.- Osteotomies, advanced and complex techniques.- Patellofemoral joint instability: Where are we in 2018?
    Extra-articular shoulder endoscopy, a review of techniques and indications.- Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty.- Sports injuries in throwing athletes.- Decision making in anterior shoulder instability.- Pediatric ACL Injuries: Treatment & challenges.- Return to play following achilles tendon rupture.- Management of less frequent and multiligament knee injuries.- Patellofemoral instability: How to operatively stabilize the patella.- Massive retracted rotator cuff tear: treatment options.- Instability after total knee arthroplasty.- Dance Orthopaedics, ballet injuries and when to perform surgical treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Tobias Hirschmann, Elizaveta Kon, Kristian Samuelsson, Matteo Denti, David Dejour.
    Summary: This book, comprising the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 19th ESSKA Congress in Milan in 2021, provides an excellent update on current scientific and clinical knowledge in the field of orthopaedics and sports traumatology. It addresses a variety of interesting and controversial topics relating to the shoulder, elbow, hip, knee and foot, all of which are highly relevant to orthopaedic surgeons daily practice. Featuring contributions written by leading experts from around the globe, it enables readers to gain a better understanding of pathologies, which in turn can lead to more individualized treatments for patients. The book is of interest to clinicians and researchers alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Meniscus allografts: how to improve clinical results, limit chondral degeneration?
    Chapter 2. First-Time Patellar Dislocation: a Modern Treatment Strategy Patellar height as a factor
    Chapter 3. Operative Techniques Kinematic alignment
    Chapter 4. Medial opening wedge high tibial osteotomy
    Chapter 5. "Reverse arthroplasty VS other options"
    Cases examples
    Chapter 6. How to avoid complications in hip arthroscopy
    Chapter 7. State of the art in ankle ligament surgery Repair vs. reconstruction. How to choose?
    Chapter 8. Mind your head
    Chapter 9. All the secrets of elbow instability
    Chapter 10. Basics of 2D Planning in Total Knee Replacement
    Chapter 11. Minimally invasive osteotomies around the knee
    Chapter 12. ACL Reconstruction using a flat Quadriceps Tendon graft without bone block
    Chapter 13. Void Filler in opening wedge osteotomies around the knee
    Chapter 14. Mobile-bearing Unis
    Chapter 15. Reconstructions with tibial slings. When and How?
    Chapter 16. Arthroscopic Capsulolabral Repair
    Chapter 17. Managing Cam FAI
    Intermediate Hip Arthroscopy
    Chapter 18. An Update on Ankle Arthroscopy: Current Evidence and Practical Recommendations for 2020
    Chapter 19. ACL injury: Where are we now? Is prevention the key for all sports?
    Chapter 20. Allograft: biology, mechanics, integration, outcomes (with arthroscopy and cartilage committee according to the European Allograft Initiative)
    Chapter 21. Surgical technique: what we would do in different situations
    graft choice, one or two steps, fixation, associated lesions
    Chapter 22. Cell-Free Biomaterials
    Indications And Borders
    Chapter 23. The rationale for using navigation for revision total knee arthroplasty
    Chapter 24. Pearls, Pitfalls and Complications (MPFL reconstruction)
    Chapter 25. What to do if it goes wrong? Solutions after failure
    Chapter 26. Advanced Hip arthroscopy: Whats new?
    Chapter 27. Platt´s Syndrome: A Nerve Co mplication Associated with Ligament Injuries
    Chapter 28. Biologic Therapies In Orthopaedics And Sports Medicine
    Chapter 29. ARIF (Arthroscopic Reduction and Internal Fixation) around the Elbow
    Chapter 30. Intraarticular Osteotomies after Tibial Head Fractures
    Chapter 31. Preoperative planning
    Chapter 32. Inlay Patellofemoral Arthroplasty
    Chapter 33. Conservative Treatment Approaches of Patellar and Achilles Tendinopathies
    Chapter 34. Tendinopathy: From Basic Science to Return to Play.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ugur Erdemir, Esra Yildiz, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definition and Causes of Diastema
    Initial Consultation
    Diagnosis
    Esthetic Parameters and Smile Design
    Soft Tissue Considerations
    Treatment Planning
    Treatment Options, Timing, and Sequencing
    Material Selection
    Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Richard D. Trushkowsky, editor.
    Summary: This book acquaints the clinician with the full range of parameters that need to be considered before undertaking an esthetic rehabilitation with veneers and describes current clinical concepts and techniques. The initial chapters provide the foundation for a comprehensive treatment plan. It is explained how digital smile design in conjunction with a wax-up and functional esthetic prototype allow a patient to visualize the possibilities. Occlusion prior to the initiation of treatment and following treatment is key to the longevity of restorations, and this aspect is given careful consideration. Detailed advice is also offered on proper selection of materials and their placement. The guidance provided will ensure that the reader is fully equipped to gather and assess all relevant information prior to commencement of the final treatment. The treatment itself can range from minimally invasive to more complex depending on the requirements of each individual case. Among the clinical concepts discussed in the book are the use of etched porcelain restorations, minimally invasive CAD/CAM veneers, and the ink glue technique.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Update to Preparation Design and Clinical Concepts Using the LeSage Veneer Classification System
    Chapter 2 Orthodontics for Esthetic Dental Treatment: Symbiotic Efforts for Optimal Results
    Chapter 3 Periodontal Considerations in Aesthetic Dentistry
    Chapter 4 Material Options for the Esthetic Dental Team
    Chapter 5 Shade Evaluation for Porcelain Laminate Veneers (PLV)
    Chapter 6 Photographic Communication in Esthetic Dentistry
    Chapter 7 Adhesion to Glass-ceramics: Concepts and Clinical Implications
    Chapter 8 New Materials for CAD/CAM Systems: Resin-based Composites, Polymer Infiltrated Ceramic Network, Zirconia-reinforced Lithium Silicate and High Translucent Zirconia
    Chapter 9 The Artificial Intelligence Based 3D Smile Design
    Chapter 10 Contact Lens Veneers with Pressed Ceramic
    Chapter 11 Minimally Invasive CAD/CAM Veneers
    Chapter 12 Aesthetic and Functional Rehabilitation of Worn Teeth with Veneer Materials
    Chapter 13 Transforming Discolored Anterior Teeth
    Chapter 14 Occlusal Considerations for Esthetic Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Iñigo de Miguel Beriain.
    Summary: This book proposes an ethical and legal framework to improve the responses to social issues related not only to the current SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, but also to future pandemics. Its contents cover the issues that are likely to be most controversial in any public health crisis. It starts by discussing non-pharmacological measures, such as the appropriateness of confinement, how to control compliance with public health measures and the ethical, legal and social acceptability of health certificates. Then it turns to issues related to the production, distribution and administration of vaccines, with a particular focus on the design and implementation of vaccination policies. Finally, it analyses the most appropriate criteria to develop a triage, when the situation brings us to this terrible scenario. The analyses presented in this book are based on the ethical and legal frameworks, as well as the social context, of the European Union, and aims to address the main dilemmas faced by any liberal democracy dealing with a pandemic: how to reconcile the defense against a public health crisis together with a respect for fundamental rights and freedoms. The European legal systems have developed a number of conceptual tools designed to ensure that there is no room for arbitrariness in the restrictions introduced by the political power in emergency situations, and this book builds upon these tools. The Ethical, Legal and Social Issues of Pandemics: An Analysis from the EU Perspective is a predominantly practice-oriented book, which will help policy makers to adopt policies that effectively combine public health needs with individual rights and freedoms. It will also help health care givers to understand better the ethical and legal issues involved in their work and citizens, in general, to participate in public decision making in an informed manner. Finally, it will help to design tools that faithfully comply with existing fundamental rights standards.

    Contents:
    1.Confinement, isolation and tracking
    2.Immunity Certificates: The New Frontier
    3.Vaccines (I). Creation and distribution
    4.Vaccination (II). Vaccination policies
    5.Triage: when the tsunami hits.
    Digital Access Springer 2022

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.